B.Tech Degree Course – 2008 Scheme
REGULATIONS 1. Conditions for Admission Candidates for admission to the B.Tech degree course shall be required to have passed the Higher Secondary Examination, Kerala or 12th Standard V.H.S.E., C.B.S.E., I.S.C. or any examination accepted by the university as equivalent thereto obtaining not less than 50% in Mathematics and 50% in Mathematics, Physics and Chemistry/ Bio- technology/ Computer Science/ Biology put together, or a diploma in Engineering awarded by the Board of Technical Education, Kerala or an examination recognized as equivalent thereto after undergoing an institutional course of at least three years securing a minimum of 50 % marks in the final diploma examination subject to the usual concessions allowed for backward classes and other communities as specified from time to time. 2. Duration of the course i) The course for the B.Tech Degree shall extend over a period of four academic years comprising of eight semesters. The first and second semester shall be combined and each semester from third semester onwards shall cover the groups of subjects as given in the curriculum and scheme of examination ii) Each semester shall ordinarily comprise of not less than 400 working periods each of 60 minutes duration iii) A candidate who could not complete the programme and pass all examinations within Ten (10) years since his first admission to the B.Tech programme will not be allowed to continue and he has to quit the Programme. However he can be readmitted to the first year of the programme if he/she satisfies the eligibility norms applicable to the regular candidates prevailing at the time of readmission. 3. Eligibility for the Degree Candidates for admission to the degree of bachelor of technology shall be required to have undergone the prescribed course of study in an institution maintained by or affiliated to the University of Kerala for a period of not less than four academic years and to have passed all the examinations specified in the scheme of study 4. Subjects of Study The subjects of study shall be in accordance with the scheme and syllabi prescribed 5. Evaluation Candidates in each semester will be evaluated both by continuous assessment and end semester University examination. The individual maximum marks allotted for continuous assessment and University examination for each subject is as prescribed by the scheme of study. 5.1 Continuous Assessment (C.A) The marks awarded for the continuous assessment will be on the basis of the day-to-day work, periodic tests (minimum two in a semester) and assignments (minimum of three – one each from each module). The faculty member concerned will do the continuous assessment for each semester. The C.A. marks for the individual subjects shall be computed by giving weight age to the following parameters.


Subject Theory Subjects Drawing Practical Project Work



20% 50% 20% 40% 20% 40% Work Assessed by Guide – 50% Assessed by a three member committee out of which one member is the guide – 50%

Assignments/ Class Work 30% 40% 40%

The C.A. marks for the attendance (20%) for each theory, practical and drawing shall be awarded in full only if the candidate has secured 90% attendance or above in the subject. Proportionate reduction shall be made in the case of subjects in which he/she gets below 90% of the attendance for a subject. The CA marks obtained by the student for all subjects in a semester is to be published at least 5 days before the commencement of the University examinations. Anomalies if any may be scrutinized by the department committee and the final CA marks are forwarded to the university within the stipulated time. 5.2. End Semester University Examinations i) There will be University examinations at the end of the first academic year and at the end of every semester from third semester onwards in subjects as prescribed under the respective scheme of examinations. Semester classes shall be completed at least 10 working days before the commencement of the University examination. The examination will be held twice in an year – April/May session (for even semester) and October/November session (for odd semester). The combined 1st and 2nd semester is reckoned as equivalent to an even semester for the purpose of conduct of examination and the University examination will be held during April/May. However VII and VIII Semester examination will be conducted in both the sessions. This schedule will not be changed A student will be permitted to appear for the university examination only if he/she satisfies the following requirements a. He/she must secure not less than 75% attendance in the total number of working periods during the first year and in each semester thereafter and shall be physically present for a minimum of 60% of the total working periods. In addition, he/she also shall be physically present in at least 50% of total working periods for each subject b. He must earn a progress certificate from the head of the institution of having satisfactorily completed the course of study in the semester as prescribed by these regulations c. It shall be open to the Vice-Chancellor to grant condonation of shortage of attendance on the recommendation of the head of the institution in accordance with the following norms d. The attendance shall not be less than 60% of the total working periods e. He/she shall be physically present for a minimum of 50% of the total working periods f. The shortage shall not be condoned more than twice during the entire course g. The condonation shall be granted subject to the rules and procedures prescribed by the university from time to time. h. The condonation for combined 1st and 2nd semesters will be reckoned as a single condonation for attendance purposes. A student who is not permitted to appear for the University examinations for a particular semester due to the shortage of attendance and not permitted by the





v) vi) vii)

authorities for condonation of shortage of attendance shall repeat the semester when it is offered again. This provision is allowed only once for a semester. The university will conduct examinations for all subjects (Theory, Drawing & Practical) The scheme of valuation will be decided by the chief examiner for theory / drawing subjects For practical examinations, the examiners together will decide the marks to be awarded. The student shall produce the certified record of the work done in the laboratory during the examination. The evaluation of the candidate should be as per the guidelines given in the syllabus for the practical subject.

6. Letter Grades For each subject in a semester, based on the total marks obtained by the student in the University examination and Continuous assessment put together a letter grade (S,A+, A, B+, B, C+, C, D, E and F) will be awarded. All letter grades except ‘F’ will be awarded if the marks for the University examination is 40 % or above and the total mark (C.A marks + University Exam mark) is 50 % or above. No absolute mark will be indicated in the grade card. Letter grade corresponding to total marks (C.A marks+ University Exam mark) and the corresponding grade point in a ten-point scale is described below.

% of Total marks (C.A marks + University Exam mark) 90 % and above 85 % and above but less than 90% 80 % and above but less than 85% 75 % and above but less than 80% 70 % and above but less than 75% 65 % and above but less than 70% 60 % and above but less than 65% 55 % and above but less than 60% 50 % and above but less than 55% Below 50% (C.A + U.E) or below 40 % for U.E only

Letter Grade S A+ A B+ B C+ C D E F

Grade (G.P) 10 9 8.5 8 7.5 7 6.5 6 5.5 0


Remarks Excellent


7. Grade Point Average (GPA) and Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA) Grade point average is the semester wise average points obtained by each student in a 10point scale. GPA for a particular semester is calculated as per the calculation shown below.


Credit × GP obtained for the subject credit for subject

Cumulative Grade point Average (CGPA) is the average grade points obtained by the students till the end of any particular semester. CGPA is calculated in a 10-point scale as shown below.


Credits for semester × GPA obtained for the semester credits for the semester


GPA and CGPA shall be rounded to two decimal points. The Grade card issued to the students shall contain subject number and subject name, credits for the subject, letter grades obtained, GPA for the semester and CGPA up to that particular semester. In addition to the grade cards for each semester all successful candidate shall also be issued a consolidated statement grades. On specific request from a candidate and after remitting the prescribed fees the University shall issue detailed mark to the individual candidate. 8. Minimum for a pass a) b) c) A candidate shall be declared to have passed a semester examination in full in the first appearance if he/she secures not less than 5.5 GPA with a minimum of ‘E’ grade for the all individual subject in that semester. A candidate shall be declared to have passed in an individual subject of a semester examination if he/she secures grade ‘E’ or above. A candidate who does not secure a full pass in a semester examination as per clause (a) above will have to pass in all the subjects of the semester examination as per clause (b) above before he is declared to have passed in that semester examination in full.

9. Improvement of Grades i) A candidate shall be allowed to re-appear for a maximum of two subjects of a semester examination in order to improve the marks and hence the grades already obtained subject to the following conditions a) b) c) d) The candidate shall be permitted to improve the examination only along with next available chance. The candidate shall not be allowed to appear for an improvement examination for the subjects of the VII & VIII semesters The grades obtained by the candidate for each subject in the improvement chance he has appeared for or the already existing grades – whichever is better will be reckoned as the grades secured. First & Second semester will be counted as a single chance and they can improve a maximum of three subjects

ii) A candidate shall be allowed to repeat the course work in one or more semesters in order to better the C.A. marks already obtained, subject to the following conditions a) He/she shall repeat the course work in a particular semester only once and that too at the earliest opportunity offered to him/her. b) He/she shall not combine this course work with his/her regular course work c) He/she shall not be allowed to repeat the course work of any semester if he has already passed that semester examination in full d) The C.A marks obtained by the repetition of the course work will be considered for all purposes iii) A candidate shall be allowed to withdraw from the whole examination of a semester in accordance with the rules for cancellation of examination of the University of Kerala. 10. Classification of Successful candidates i) A candidate who qualifies for the degree passing all the subjects of the eight semesters within five academic years ( ten consecutive semesters after the commencement of his/her course of study) and secures not less than 8 CGPA up to and including eighth semester (overall CGPA) shall be declared to have passed the B.Tech degree examination in FIRST CLASS WITH DISTINCTION


ii) A candidate who qualifies for the degree passing all the subjects of the eight semesters within five academic years ( ten consecutive semesters after the commencement of his/her course of study) and secures less than 8 CGPA but not less than 6.5 CGPA up to and including eighth semester shall be declared to have passed the B.Tech degree examination in FIRST CLASS. iii) All other successful candidates shall be declared to have passed the B.Tech Degree examination in SECOND CLASS iv) Successful candidates who complete the examination in four academic years (Eight consecutive semesters after the commencement of the course of study shall be ranked branch-wise on the basis of the CGPA in all eight semesters put together. In the case of a tie in the CGPA the total marks of the students who have got same CGPA shall be considered for finalizing the rank. Students who pass the examination in supplementary examination are also covered under this clause 11. Educational Tour a) The students may undertake one educational tour preferably after fourth semester of the course and submit a tour report b) The tour may be conducted during the vacation / holidays taking not more than 5 working days, combined with the vacation / holidays if required. Total number of Tour days shall not exceed 15 days. c) The tour period shall be considered as part of the working periods of a semester 12. Revision of Regulations The university may from time to time revise, amend or change the regulations, curriculum, scheme of examinations and syllabi. These changes unless specified otherwise, will have effect from the beginning of the academic year / semester following the notification of the University


110 Weekly load.303 08.301 08.305 08.STREAM .102 08.109 will be handled by the Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering.306 08. hours L T D/P 3 3 4 3 3 0 1 0 0 17 0 0 4 1 0 1 1 1 0 0 2 2 2 2 8 Max sessional marks 50 50 50 50 50 25 25 50 50 400 Exam Dur Hrs 3 3 3 3 3 4 3 3 - Exam max marks 100 100 100 100 100 100 (50+5 0) 100 100 800 Cr edi ts 4 3 5 4 4 5 2 2 29 12 .106 08.103 08.308 Name of subject Engineering Mathematics – II (CMPUNERFHBTA) Humanities (MPUE) Fluid Mechanics and Machines (MPU) Mechanics of Solids (MPU) Mechanical Engineering Engineering Drawing (MPU) Part A. Semester III Course No 08.109 08.108 08.104 08.(MPU) Fluid Mechanics Lab Total Weekly load.107 08.307 08.101 08.Machine Drawing Part B.302 08.SCHEME AND SYLLABUS MECHANICAL .ENGINEERING Combined I and II Semesters. hours L Engineering Mathematics Engineering Physics Engineering Chemistry Engineering Graphics Engineering Mechanics Basic Civil Engineering Basic Mechanical Engineering Basic Electrical and Electronics Engineering Basic Communication and Information Engineering Engineering Workshops Total 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 0 17 T 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 8 D/P 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 2 4 Max session al marks 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 500 Exa m Dur Hrs 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Exam max marks 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 1000 Cre dits 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 4 58 Name of subject The subject 08. 2008 scheme (Common for all branches) Course No 08.304 08.Civil Drawing & Estimation Civil Engineering Lab.PRODUCTION .105 08.

401 08.404 08.405 08.507 08.406 08.501 08.503 08.408 Weekly load. hours L 3 3 3 2 3 0 0 0 14 T 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 5 D/P 4 3 3 10 Max sessional marks 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 400 Exam Dur Hrs 3 3 3 3 3 4 3 3 Exam max mark s 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 800 Cre dits 4 4 4 3 4 4 3 3 29 Name of subject Engineering Mathematics – III (CMPUNERFHB) Computer Programming & Numerical Methods (MNPU) Metallurgy & Material Science (MP) Production Process-I Machine Tools-I Production Drawing ME Lab Machine Tools lab Total Semester V Course No Name of subject Weekly load.506 08.505 08.407 08.504 08.504 will be handled by the Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering.508 Engineering Mathematics – IV [CMPU] Electrical Technology [MPU] Theory of Machine [MP] Industrial Electronics [MP] Production Process II Elective I Production Process Lab Electrical and Electronics Lab [MPU] Total The subject 08. 13 .403 08. Max Exam Exam Cre hours session Dur max dits Hrs marks L T D/P al marks 3 3 3 2 3 3 0 0 17 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 6 3 3 6 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 400 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 800 4 4 4 3 4 4 3 3 29 08.Semester IV Cours e No 08.502 08.402 08.

605 08.708 08.706 08.604 08.803 08.701 08.709 Name of subject Principles of Management and Decision Modeling [MPU] Mechatronics [MPU] Computer Integrated Manufacturing Systems Theory of Metal cutting Machine Tool Design Elective III Production Tooling Lab CIM Lab Project & Seminar [MPU] Total Weekly load.606 08. hours L T D/P 2 3 3 3 3 3 0 0 0 17 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 6 2 2 2 6 Max Exam Exam Cr sessiona Dur max edi l marks Hrs marks ts 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 100 500 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 800 3 4 4 4 4 4 2 2 2 29 Semester VIII Course Name of subject No 08.802 08.806 08.808 Energy Management [MPU] Industrial Engineering [MPU] Tool Engineering Product Development and Design Elective IV Elective V Industrial Seminar [MPU] Project & Viva voce [MPU] Total Weekly load.608 Name of subject Weekly load.603 08. hours L T D/P 3 3 2 3 3 3 0 0 17 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 6 3 3 6 Max sessio nal marks 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 400 Exam Exam Cre Dur max dits Hrs marks 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 800 4 4 3 4 4 4 3 3 29 Metrology and Instrumentation [MP] Dynamics of Machinery [MP] Computer Aided Design [MPU] Machine Tools II Machines Theory and Design Elective – II CAD Lab Metallurgy and Metrology Lab Total Semester VII Course No 08.702 08.804 08.704 08.807 08.602 08.Semester VI Course No 08.801 08.703 08.705 08.707 08. Max Exam hours sessiona Dur L T D/P l marks Hrs 2 1 50 3 2 1 50 3 3 1 50 3 3 1 50 3 3 3 0 0 16 1 1 0 0 6 2 5 7 50 50 50 150 500 3 3 Exam Cre max dits marks 100 3 100 3 100 4 100 4 100 100 100 700 4 4 2 5 29 14 .607 08.805 08.601 08.

Object Oriented Programming 4. Professional ethics and human values 6. Vehicle Body Engineering 18. Theory of Machining (MU) 18. Metal Forming 11. Creativity. 506 Elective I 1. Human aspects of management 3. Turbo Machines 14 Experimental Methods in Engineering 15. Micromachining Methods 16. Advanced Welding technology 8. Communicative English and technical writing 2. Composite Materials Technology 12. Nuclear Engineering 5. Concurrent Engineering 20. Agro Machinery 11. Total Quality Management 12. Alternate Energy Sources 22. Marketing Management. Computer Graphics 2. Tool Engineering (MU) 17. Advanced mechanics of solids 2. Instrumentation and control 9. Non-conventional Machining Techniques 13. Innovation and New Product Development 15 .606 Elective II 1. Precision Engineering 13 Advanced Manufacturing Processes 14. Two And Three Wheeled Vehicles 08. Environmental Science 7. Production and Automobile Engineering branches unless otherwise specified in the title) 08.System Modeling & Simulation 8. Automotive Air-conditioning 17. Industrial Automation 21.ELECTIVE SECTION LIST OF ELECTIVES (Electives are common to Mechanical. Advanced Fluid Mechanics 11. Fracture Mechanics 6.706 Elective III 1. Mechanical working Methods 6. Vibration & Noise Control 16. Disaster Management 4. 7. Bio Materials 19. Industrial Hydraulics 9. New Energy systems 3. Finite Element Methods 10. Mech. Failure Analysis 17. Non Destructive Testing 14. Glimpses of world thought 5. Powder Metallurgy 15. Internet Technologies 13. Machine tool Technology 12. Industrial Heat Transfer 4. Material Characterisation 15. Environmental Pollution Control 10. Artificial Intelligence Systems 7. Materials Handling 10. Automotive Pollution and Control 23. Advanced Thermodynamics 3. Vehicle Performance And Testing 19. Vehicle Transport & Fleet Management 16. Entrepreneurship Development 8. Plant Engg & Maintenance 5. Automotive Fuels & Alternate Fuels 08. Foundry Technology 9.

12. Tractors & Farm Equipments 25. Automotive Aerodynamics 24. Computer Aided Vehicle Design 08. Industrial Quality Control 4. Controls in Machine tools 9. Creativity& Product Development 6. Experimental Stress Analysis Techniques 2. Cryogenic Engineering 14. High Temperature Materials 22. Nanotechnology 20. Management Information Systems 14. Research Methodology 19. Facilities Planning 4. Tribology 11. Value Engineering. Advanced Decision Modeling 5. Engineering Design 24. Computer Simulation of IC Engine Processes. Design of Heat transfer equipment 5. Design of jigs and fixtures 7. Heating Ventilation and Air Conditioning Design 23.08. Production & Operations Management 15. 806 Elective V 1. Logistics and Supply Chain Management 19. Thermal Management of Electronic Systems 16. Computational Fluid Dynamics 12. Product and brand management 18. Computerized Materials Management 7. Design of Pressure Vessels & Piping 10. Robotics 18. Technology Forecasting 13. Design of Cellular Manufacturing 22. 15. Surface Engineering 21. Bio Medical Engineering. Automotive Technology (P) 21. Industrial Refrigeration 3. Random vibrations 8. Flexible Manufacturing Methods 11. Project Management 16. Embedded System In Automobiles 26. Advanced Kinematics of Machines 9. Propulsion Engineering 2. Aerospace Engineering 3. Industrial Safety Engineering 23. Off. Design of IC Engines 17. Financial Management 10. 16 . Non linear Dynamics and Chaos 6. Software Engineering 13.Road Vehicles 25. Rapid Prototyping 20. 805 Elective IV 1. Continuum Mechanics 17. Multiphase flow 8.

rank.Leibnitz rule on differentiation under integral sign.Leibnitz’ Theorem(without proof).Errors and approximations.Consistency.Evolute ( Cartesian . REFERENCES 1.Identities involving ∇ (no proof) . Wiley Eastern. Advanced Engineering Mathematics.L-T-P: 2-1-0 08. Differential Equations and Applications:.Ramana. Vector differentiation and applications :.centre of curvature. unit impulse function and periodic functions-second shifiting theorem. Khanna Publishers 4.Application to orthogonal trajectories (cartisian form only).Partial derivatives.DiagonalisationQuadratic forms.1 Applications of differentiation:– Definition of Hyperbolic functions and their derivativesSuccessive differentiation.Total derivatives. Kreyszig.shifting property.Grewal . 8th edition.Pearson International 6.differentiation of vector functions-Velocity and acceleration.Method of variation of parameters . MODULE-III Matrices:-Rank of a matrix.Curl.Linear differential eqations with constant coefficients.polar and parametric forms) Partial differentiation and applications:.Irrotational and solenoidal fields – Scalar potential.Elementary transformations. B.Cayley Hamilton theorem(no proof). Higher Engineering Mathematics.Transforms of derivatives and integrals.Directional derivative.Reduction to canonical forms-Nature of quadratic formsDefiniteness.Cauchy and Legendre equations – Simultaneous linear equations with constant coefficients. Thomson 3. Engineering Mathematics I.Eigen values and eigen vectors – Properties of eigen values and eigen vectors. Michel D Greenberg. Advanced Engineering Mathematics. Peter O’ Neil .Operator ∇ . B.Inverse transforms.Scalar and vector functions. 2. Higher Engineering Mathematics. Sureshan J.Taylor’s series (one and two variables) .S.Inverse of a matrix by gauss-Jordan method.Divergence.Jacobians.Transforms of elementary functions .Solution of ordinary differential equations with constant coefficients using Laplace transforms. 2006 5.Solution of a system linear equations-Non homogeneous and homogeneous equations.GradientPhysical interpretation of gradient.V.Euler’s theorem on homogeneous functions.signature and index. Tata Mc Graw Hill.Convolution theorem(without proof)-Transforms of unit step function.CurvatureRadius of curvature.Equivalent matrices.1 Credit: 6 MODULE.Maxima and minima of functions of two variables Lagrange’s method.Transform functions multiplied by t and divided by t .103 ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS. Advanced Engineering Mathematics.Linear dependence and independence of vectors. Nazarudeen and Royson. Zenith Publications 17 .Scalar and vector fields. MODULE-II Laplace transforms:.Echelon form and normal form.

Basic postulates of Maxwell-Boltzmann. Expectation values. Production and analysis of circularly and elliptically polarized light. Nicol Prism. Unit cell and lattice parameters.Differential Equation and solution. Time Dependent and Time Independent Schrodinger equations. Harmonic waves. Phase space. Wave function. Polaroids. Type-I and Type-II superconductors. Michelson’s interferometer. Density of states. Shape memory alloys. Induced birefringence. Tunnelling (qualitative). Resolving power of grating. Energy in wave motion. Resolving power of telescope and microscope. div. Statistical Mechanics: Macrostates and Microstates. MODULE – III Quantum Mechanics: Dual nature of matter. Theory of forced harmonic oscillations and resonance. Introduction to new materials (qualitative) -Metallic glasses. Time dilation. Lorentz transformation equations (no derivation). MODULE. Transverse nature of electromagnetic waves. Newton’s rings. curl and their physical significance. Relativistic mass. Concept of displacement current. BCS theory (qualitative). Bio materials. Eigen values and functions. Simultaneity. Deduction of Maxwell’s equations. Bose-Einstein and Fermi-Dirac statistics. Polarization of Light: Types of polarized light. Prediction of electromagnetic waves. High temperature superconductors. Antireflection coating. Three dimensional waves . Interference in thin films and wedge shaped films. Mass energy relation.II Interference of Light: Concept of temporal and spatial coherence. One dimensional waves – Differential Equation. Determination of wave length and thickness.102 ENGINEERING PHYSICS Credit: 6 MODULE-I Oscillations and Waves: Basic ideas of harmonic oscillations – Differential equation of a SHM and its solution. Mass less particle. Types of waves. Crystal systems. Grating equation. Einstein’s postulates. Distribution equations in the three cases (no derivation). Coordination number and packing factor with reference to simple cubic. Plane waves and spherical waves. Velocity of transverse waves along a stretched string. Fraunhofer diffraction at a single slit. Length contraction. Rayleigh’s criterion for resolution. X-ray diffraction. Poynting’s theorem (qualitative only) Physics of Solids: Space lattice. Velocity addition. Bosons and Fermions. Fraunhofer diffraction at a circular aperture (qualitative).Meissner effect.L-T-P: 2-1-0 08. Electromagnetic Theory: Del operator – grad. body centered cubic and face centered cubic crystals. Retardation plates. Uncertainty principle. Theory of plane. Theory of damped harmonic oscillations. Double refraction. Super conductivity . Derivation of Planck’s 18 . circular and elliptically polarized light. Particle in one dimensional box. Plane transmission grating. Quality factor. Miller indices. Nano materials. Directions and planes. Diffraction of Light: Fresnel and Fraunhofer diffraction. Interplanar spacing in terms of Miller indices. Photo elasticity – isoclinic and isochromatic fringes – photo elastic bench Special Theory of Relativity: Michelson-Morley experiment. Applications of superconductors. E and H are at right angles. Energy and momentum operators. Interference filters. Bragg’s law.

B. Laser – Diffraction at a straight wire or circular aperture. Hassan et al. Newton’s Rings – Determination of wave length.. LIST OF DEMONSTRATION EXPERIMENTS 1. Chris D Zafiratos & Michael A Dubson.. Applications. Vivo Books 12. Mark Ratner& Daniel Ratner. Types of optical fibers. Introduction to Special Relativity. Michelson’s interferometer – Wavelength of light. 9. Aswathy Publishers. 5. Modern Physics for Scientists and Engineers.Numerical Aperture and acceptance angle. Michelson’s interferometer – Thickness of thin transparent film. Optical resonant cavity. Upadhyaya. this part contains 3 questions out of which 2 are to be answered. The syllabus is spread in 3 modules. Kollam. Optics. M Ali Omar. Mechanics. S O Pillai. Holography. IV Edn.. Sears & Zemansky . Fermi energy. 8. The question paper will consist of two parts (A and B). Pearson 5. Robert Resnick . 6. each of 10 marks. Introduction to Quantum Mechanics.C. Pearson 6. Part A contains short answer questions for 40 marks.A. REFERENCE: 1. Richard L Libboff.. Spectrometer – Refractive indices of calcite for the ordinary and extraordinary rays. Elementary Solid State Physics. in 3 hour duration. Part B contains long answer questions for 60 marks. XI Edn. Frank & Leno. Phasor Books. Nanotechnology. Ram Prasad & Sons 4. Prentice Hall of India 8. Introduction to Electrodynamics. Pearson 9. T. Pearson 2. . . John Willey and Sons 10. Statistical Mechanics. Fiber Optics . IV Edn.. Introduction to Optics. David J Griffiths.. Helium-Neon Laser. Premlet. John R Taylor. Polarization by reflection – Brewster’s law. New Age International Publishers 7. II Edn. This part contains 10 questions without any choice. Advanced Engineering Physics . Eugene Hecht. each of 4 marks (uniformly taken from all modules). 7. From each module. Laser: Einstein’s coefficients. Long answer questions from all the 3 modules will form 60 marks. III Edn. 2. III Edn. University Physics. Air Wedge – Diameter of a thin wire 3. (Gauss’ law & Ampere’s law) Pattern of Question Paper University examination is for a maximum of 100 marks.. 19 . Semiconductor Laser (qualitative). Computer stimulation – superposition of waves... Pearson 3. J. Computer stimulation – study of E & H. Trivandrum 14. Solid State Physics. Carbon dioxide Laser (qualitative). A Text Book of Engineering Physics. Pearson 11. 11. Spectrometer – Plane transmission grating – wavelength of light.formula. Laser – Diffraction at a narrow slit. Population inversion and stimulated emission. Free electrons in a metal as a Fermi gas. Ruby Laser. 4. 13. 10. Donald A Mcquarrie.

CFCs and ozone depletionAlternative refrigerents-Green house effect-Water pollution.synthetic rubbers (Buna-S. Bakelite.Electrodes. Transfer and Extrusion moulding)-Preparation.Introduction-Classification-preparation (laser abrasion technique and sputtering technique).Gas chromatography.Priming and foaming. (2hrs) MODULE-3 Polymers. polyacetylene and [polypyrrol and its applications.Electronic spectra (Classification of electronic transitions.Chemical method (reduction)-Properties and Applications of nano materials-Nano tubes-Nano wires.Coductometric and Potentiometric titrations (acid base.Anaerobic and USAB processes.Aerobic . (12hrs) Corrosion and its control. Injection.structure of natural rubber. anionic and coordination polymarisation).Silicon polymers. Vibrational spectra (mechanism of interaction and application). Differential thermal analysis and applications. phosphate and calgon conditioning).Molecular energy levels-Types of molecular spectra.Biodegradable plastics.Lead acid cell.Air pollution.Lithium-ion cell.Waste water treatment.Estimation of hardness.Galvanic series.Beer Lamberts law.Reference electrodes. Stress corrosion.Degree of hardness.Thermoplastics and thermosetting plasticsCompounding of plastics-Moulding techniques of plastics (Compression.Boiler corrosion-Water softening methods. (5hrs) Protective coatings. chemical shift.Classifications. Elastomers. spin-spin splitting) (6hrs) Chromatography. Ion exchange methods-Internal treatments (colloidal. PET.Chemical conversion coatings. PVA. NMR spectra (Basic principle.General principles. Nylon. (3hrs) Thermal methods of analysis-Basic principles involved in Thermo gravimetry.Types of hardness. . carbonate. (2hrs) 20 .by EDTA method.Fuel cells.Domestic water treatment.Origin of electrode potential.Related problems. Urea formaldehyde resin.Quinhydron electrode-Determination of PH using these electrodes. oxidation reduction and precipitation titrations).High performance liquid chromatography.103 ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY Credit: 6 MODULE-1 Electrochemistry .Factors affecting corrosion (nature of metal and nature of environment) and different methods of corrosion control (corrosion inhibitors.vulcanisation.L-T-P: 2-1-0 08.Sludge and scales in boilers.Types of corrosion (Concentration cell corrosion.paint (4hrs) Nano materials.Saturated calomel electrode.Metallic coatings.Mechanism of polymarisation (Addition.Concentration cells.Electrode potential. electro dialysis.Distillation). Lime-soda process.Methods of disinfection of water-Desalination process (Reverse osmosis.Standared hydrogen electrode. cathodic protection). free radical. PMMA. Galvanic corrosion) .Secondary cells.Theories of corrosion (chemical corrosion and electrochemical corrosion). Butyl rubber and Neoprene) (12hrs) Organo electronic compounds -Super conducting and conducting organic materials like Polyaniline. (2hrs) Spectroscopy.BOD and COD.Nernst equation and application. cationic. properties and uses of PVC. (12hrs) Envirnmental damages and prevention.Helmotz double layer. Rotational spectra (Determination of bond length and application).Nickel cadmium cell. (4hrs) MODULE-2 Water treatment.

9. Engineering Chemistry 12. A.Venkappayya & S. Determinations of PH using glass electrode and quinhydron electrode. H.A. Estimation of COD in sewage water. Material Science and engineering. Engineering Chemistry.Goodby . Estimation of total hardness in water using EDTA. Jain. A text book of physical chemistry 10. Ane Students Edition. D.W. Chemistry of Engineering and Technology volume I & II 15. 5. Environmental Chemistry 3. 7.N Goyal and Harmendra Goeal. Determination of molarity of HCl solution PH-metrically.Bio fuels -Bio hydrogen and Bio-diesel (5hrs) Lubricants. B.Fuels.Calorific value. J. Van Vlack . 10. 8. Merrit and J. L. Thiruvananthapuram 21 . 3.Gonser . B. 2.H.aniline value. Estimation of chloride ions in domestic water. A first course and pour point. 11. Gopalan. Gowariker .W. Potentiometric titrations. Polymer science 5. Determination of flash and fire point of a lubricating oil by Pensky Marten’s apparatus.Manufacture of Portland cement.R.C.Introduction-Mechanism of lubrication.J. R. REFERENCES 1.Theory of setting and hardening of cement (2hrs) LAB-EXPERIMENTS (DEMONSTRATION ONLY) 1. P. Shashi Chawla . 4. Rajaram .Properties of lubricants-Viscosity index. J. De . Engineering Chemistry 14. Dean . R. Chemistry of liquid crystals 9. Nagarajan . Kuriakose and J. Juhaina Ahad . 6. Modern materials 6. (4hrs) Cement.A.HCV and LCV-Experimental determination of calorific valueTheoretical calculation of calorific value by Dulongs formula .K. Preparation of buffers and standardisation of PH meter.C.Glasstone . Estimation of copper in brass. Engineering Chemistry 11.Raghavan. A text book of Engineering Chemistry 13. Elements of Material science and Engineering 8.L. Estimation of available chlorine in bleaching powder. S.flash and fire point. L. V. Willard. 12.solid and liquid lubricant.Klauhunde. Instrumental methods of analysis 2. Estimation of dissolved oxygen. Nanoscale materials in chemistry 4. Estimation of iron in a sample of heamatite. K.

Principles of Orthographic PROJECTION OF POINTS AND LINES: projection. Determination of true length. DEVELOPMENT OF SURFACES: Development of surfaces of (i) simple solids like prisms. cone. Construction of Tangent and Normal at any point on these curves Types of projections. Lines. cylinder. CAD: Introduction to CAD systems. cylinder and cone (ii) Cut regular solids. Construction of parabola (i) Rectangle method (ii) Tangent method. Logarithmic spiral and Helix. (iii) Cone and Cylinder (Only cases where the axes are perpendicular to each other and intersecting with or without offset. Archimedian spiral. lettering. Isometric view and projections of simple solids like prisms. frustum of solids and also their combinations. Various Soft wares for CAD. Projections of points and lines. Construction of hyperbola (i) Arc of circles method (ii) given ordinate.L-T-P: 1-0-2 08. MODULE II PROJECTION OF SOLIDS: Projection of simple solids such as prisms. pyramids. octahedron. MODULE III ISOMETRIC PROJECTION: Isometric scale.) PERSPECTIVE PROJECTION: Principles of perspective projection. section of simple solids cut by parallel. INTERSECTION OF SURFACES: Intersection of surfaces of two solids as given below. pyramids. scaling of figures. Involute of a circle. perpendicular and inclined cutting planes. symbols and drawing instruments. sphere and their auxiliary projections. inclination with planes of projection and traces of lines. Demonstration of any one CAD software. Their projections and true shape of cut sections. Construction of Tangent and Normal at any point on these curves MISCELLANEOUS CURVES: Construction of Cycloid. abscissa and the transverse axis (iii) given the asymptotes and a point on the curve. pyramids.104 ENGINEERING GRAPHICS Credit: 6 INTRODUCTION: Introduction to technical drawing and its language. cone sphere. (i) Cylinder and cylinder (ii)Prism and prism. (1 sheet practice) MODULE I PLAIN CURVES: Conic sections by eccentricity method. Construction of ellipse: (i) Arc of circles method (ii) Rectangle method (ii) Concentric circles method. Epicycloid and Hypocycloid. tetrahedron. definition of perspective terminology. cylinder. General Note: (i) First angle projection to be followed 22 . Benefits of CAD. Perspective projection of simple solids like prisms and pyramids in simple positions. SECTIONS OF SOLIDS: Types of cutting planes. dimensioning.

I. Bhatt .(ii) Question paper shall contain 3 questions from each module. except from CAD. Thamaraselvi.C. D. Gill. Luzadder and Duff . K. N. Engineering Drawing 3. Engineering Graphics 23 . John. K. Engineering Graphics 6.S. P. P. Gopalakrishnan.R. Fundamentals of Engineering Drawing 2. Venugopal . Varghese. Students are required to answer any two questions from each module. Engineering Graphics 5. Engineering Drawing 7. K. K. (iii) Distribution of marks Module -I 2 x 16 = 32 Module -II 2 x 17 = 34 Module III 2 x 17 = 34 __________ 100 REFERENCES 1. Engineering Drawing and Graphics 4.N. Engineering Drawing 8. Anil Kumar. Engineering Graphics 9.

3. 1966. Prentice Hall Book Company. motion of link. Kinetics of rigid bodies under combined translatory and rotational motion – work – energy principle for rigid bodies. Friction-Laws of friction-angle of friction. REFERENCES: 1.ladder friction.Mass moment of inertia of rings.Lami’s theorem. “Engineering Mechanics”.Conditions of equilibriumMoment of a force. properties of couple.Conditions of equilibrium. 2005..105 ENGINEERING MECHANICS Credit: 6 MODULE I (20 HRS) Idealizations of Mechanics.cone of friction. Simple harmonic motion – vibration of mechanical systems . couple. Equilibrium of rigid bodies-free body diagrams. MODULE II (20 HRS) Properties of surfaces.Elements of vector algebra Statics of rigid bodies-Classification of force systems.Theorems of Pappus-GouldinusMoment of inertia of areas. MODULE III (20 HRS) Work. equations of equilibrium. & Young D.basic elements of a vibrating system – spring mass model – undamped free vibrations – angular free vibration – simple pendulum.L-T-P: 2-1-0 08.D’Alembert’s principle in curvilinear motion.Radius of Gyrationmoment of inertia of composite areas.2007 24 . Vector approach.wedge friction. Power and Energy . Timoshenko S. solid discs and solid spheres (no derivations required)Angular momentum-Angular impulse. Pearson Education.Resultant and equilibrant of coplanar non-concurrent force systems. “Mechanics of Solids”. Parallel and perpendicular axes theorems. wheel rolling without slipping. 2.. H. New Delhi.Motion of connected bodies.Newton’s laws of translatory motion. motion of connecting rod and piston. Centrifugal and centripetal forces – motion of vehicles on curved paths in horizontal and vertical planes – super elevation – stability of vehicles moving in curved paths (qualitative ideas only).types of loading.basic concepts-analysis of different types of problems Kinetics. Mc-Graw Hill –International Edition 4.principle of transmissibility of a forcecomposition and resolution.types of beams .Motion of lift. Tata Mc-Graw Hill Publishing Company Limited.Resultant and Equilibrant of coplanar concurrent force systemsvarious analytical methods.(simple problems) Types of supports . Forces in space. method of resolution. Beer & Johnston. H. Collision of elastic bodies-Law of conservation of momentum-Direct and oblique impact between elastic bodies and impact with fixed plane. “Vector Mechanics for Engineers – Statics and Dynamics”.Support reactions of simply supported and overhanging beams under different types of loading.Varignon’s theorem. Relative velocity . Dynamics: Kinematics-Combined motion of translation and rotation-instantaneous centre. “Engineering Mechanics”.centroid of composite areas.D’Alembert’s principle. Shames. Curvilinear motion.Work-Energy principle-Impulse. Irving. Momentum. Popov.

7. Umesh Publications. 1998. 6. “Engineering Mechanics”.Part A – 8 compulsory questions covering entire syllabus. 2008 Note Question For University Examination:. Kollam. Pentex Book Publishers and Distributors. Rajasekaran S. Kumar K. Tayal A K. Tata Mc-Graw Hill Publishing Company Limited.. “Engineering Mechanics”. 5 marks each. “Engineering Mechanics”. 2003. (5 x 8 = 40) Part B – Three questions of 10 marks from each module. New Delhi.. Vikas Publishing House Private Limited. & Sankarasubramanian G.2004 8.Statics and Dynamics” . New Delhi. out of which two should be answered (10 x 2 x 3 = 60).L.. Benjamin J. Delhi.5. “Engineering Mechanics. 25 .

Components of buildings. holding the staff. Computation of areas . Tilting Level ) Levelling Staff. Trapezoidal rule. particle boards & glass.Temporary adjustments of a level.Preparation of Cement mortar Painting: Preparation of surfaces for painting .brief description of water supply and sewage disposal arrangements for residential buildings. average ordinate rule. Simpson’s rule (examples).Introduction to Distomat. Measurements in levelling . Partition: Materials used for making partition . Isolated footing. escalators and elevators. Reinforced Cement Concrete (RCC)-advantages of RCC over Plain Cement Concrete. windows & ventilators : Types .Tape & chain only . emulsion & distemper. tiled roof. wood and steel surfaces. Linear Measurements: Direct measurements . AC Sheet.mosaic tiles.106 BASIC CIVIL ENGINEERING Credit: 6 MODULE I Surveying: Object and Principles of Surveying. HYSD Steel and their properties.Tape correction (problems).Mid ordinate rule. Plumbing services. Elementary ideas on pre-cast and pre-stressed concrete constructions. PVC Sheet MODULE III Concrete: Ingredients. granite and synthetic materials.cement. Compressive strength -IS Specifications. Levelling: Levelling instruments .recording measurements in the field book .Spread footing. Combined footing. reading the staff . and water.stone masonry. brick masonry –Types.Ranging out survey linesTaking measurements of sloping ground . Aggregates – desirable qualities of fine and coarse aggregates Plain Cement Concrete (PCC): preparation-proportioning-mixing of concrete. Foundation: Different types . Flooring: Types . GI Sheet . Steel-common types used in construction. Selection of roof covering materials. Safe Bearing Capacity of Soil: Importance of determination of the Safe Bearing Capacity of Soil (brief description only). initial and final setting times. Total Station & GPS (Brief description only) MODULE II Building construction: Selection of site for buildings . Mat foundation¸ Pile foundation (description only). Building services – vertical transportation – stairs – types. aggregate. sloping roof Concrete roof.desirable qualities of stone and brick.types of buildings .Types of paint . Contour maps (Brief description only). 26 .Mild Steel.enamel.Principles of leveling .plywood. Qualities of ingredients (brief description only).L-T-P: 2-1-0 08.consistency. Tests on Cement .reduction of level height of collimation method only (simple examples). Super structure: Masonry .Errors . ramps (brief description only).Level (Dumpy Level. steel & Aluminium. Doors.plastered. Plastering: Mortar – properties . Roofing: Selection of type of roof -flat roof.wood. marble. ceramic tiles.materials used for the construction of doors and windows .

B.REFERENCE: 1. 1957 8. There will be two questions (20 marks each) from each module out of which one from each module is to be answered. Laxmi publications(P) Ltd. Modern Publishing House distributor.. “Building Construction”.K.. 2004 3.. – I. New Delhi. (20 X 3 = 60) 27 . Vertical Transportation for Buildings. Rangwala.N.2004 6. Moorthy. “Basic Civil Engineering” Karunya Publications. 2004 5. Rangwala.“Water Supply and Sanitary Engineering”..C Punmia.Delhi. Charotar Publishing House. Jha and Sinha..Charotar publishing house. New York.. “Building Construction” .Kollam. Rangwala. Charotar Publishing House.1970 2. Part I and part II. It contains 8 questions of 5 marks each. Santha Minu. “Construction and Technology” 9. 10. American Elsevier Publishing Company. Building Materials. Adler R.Trivandrum Note: The question paper will consists of two parts. Part II is to cover 3 modules.”Introduction to Civil Engineering”Phasor Books. for 40 marks. Roy. Part I is Compulsory covering the entire syllabus. 2001 4. 1990 7. “Surveying & Leveling” Vol. S. “Fundamentals of Surveying” Prentice-Hall of India. Narayanan and Lalu Mangal .

taper turning.Electro discharge machining (EDM) and Electro chemical machining (ECM) Principle. GDI and Hybrid Vehicles Steam boilers: Classification – Cochran boiler. single plate clutch. Spalding and Cole. drilling. grinding. application and advantages of C N C machine REFERENCES 1. gear trains (no derivations).general description of various systems using block diagrams – air system.impulse and reaction. “Fluid mechanics and machines” 8. steam and hydraulic turbines. MODULE II Principles and fields of application of . This may contain 10 questions of 4 marks each. J Benjamin. “Manufacturing processes” 4. centrifugal and jet pumps. rope and gear drives-types. Comfort and Industrial air conditioning-typical window air conditioning unit (general description only). Part II is to cover 3 modules. p-v and T-s diagrams Air cycles: Carnot. Benson boilerfluidized bed combustion. Ostwald and Begeman. Amstead. rolling. Non conventional machining .107 BASIC MECHANICAL ENGINEERING Credit: 6 MODULE I Thermodynamics : Basic concepts and definitions of Zeroth law. thread cutting. CFC free refrigerants. thermal and nuclear power plants Refrigeration & Air Conditioning: Refrigerants. A brief description of CRDI. Crouse. R K Bensal. Otto and Diesel cycles-Air standard efficiency (simple problems) IC Engines: Working and comparison of two stroke and four stroke petrol and diesel engines . Gill. ignition system and governing and closed Elementary ideas of hydro electric.reciprocating. shaping. Second law of thermodynamics. Smith and Zuirys. Vapor compression refrigeration system. comparison and fields of application-velocity ratio-slip (simple problems) friction disc. Hajra Choudhary. “Fundamentals of IC Engines” 3. First law.L-T-P: 2-1-0 08. gas turbine cycles. Note: The question paper will consist of two parts.concept of reversibility and entropy. welding. soldering and brazing Machining processes. Part I is to be compulsory for 40 marks. Manufacturing processes: Elementary ideas of casting. MPFI. Babcock and Wilcox boiler. blower. “Basic Mechanical Engineering” Note: Lectures are to be supplemented by demonstration in laboratories. Roy and Choudhary. 28 . milling (simple sketches and short notes). “Automobile Engineering” 5. There can be 3 questions from each module (10 marks each) out of which 2 are to be answered. MODULE III Mechanical Power transmission systems: Belt. “Elements of Mechanical Engineering” 6. pumps.turning. forging. “Workshop Technology” 7. “Engineering Thermodynamics” 2.compressors . fuel system.reciprocating and centrifugal.

generation of alternating currents – waveforms frequency .statically induced and dynamically induced emf . 29 .star and delta connection relation between phase and line values of voltage and current . principle of working and V-I characteristics of Zener diode. Rectifiers & power supplies . 2. -fluorescent lamps. tidal. Working of simple zener voltage regulator.EMF equation .j notation .Principle of operation . V-I characteristics. wind. Renewable energy sources solar. Solution of RL.Magnetic Circuits . Schematic layout of LT switchboards. & LED.average and rms values . Vdc. Lenz' law . Bulk transmission of electric power . Phasor representation of alternating quantities .constructional details of single phase and three phase transformers Methods of bulk generation of electric power. RC and RLC series circuits. field strength.need for high transmission voltage .MMF. Review of electromagnetic induction Faradays laws.form factor. Protective fuses. Mitlle. circuit diagram & working of half-wave & full wave rectifier.period . Power devices – V – I characteristics and applications of SCR and Triac Working principle of UPS and SMPS. DP Kothari. final equations of Vrms.PN junction diodes.Kirchoffs laws .phasor representation three wire and four wire systems. Analysis of simple ac circuits – concept of impedance and admittance .power and power factor in ac circuits . ripple factor and peak inverse voltage in each case.inductance. Measurement of energy – working of 1-phase energy and reactive components. MCBs. thermistor.plate and pipe earthing. thermal and nuclear power plants. Block schematic of layout of generating stations . ELCBs and switches. MODULE – II Transformers . Working of incandescent lamps.self and s mutual induction . Primary and secondary transmission and distribution systems Different methods of wiring for LT installations. 2000.hydroelectric. LVDT REFERENCES 1. flux density.typical electrical power transmission scheme . LJ Nagrath. Alternating current fundamentals . V. “Theory and Problems of Basic Electrical Engineering”.phasor representation . 1990. Earthing of installations . Solar cell. dynamic & static resistance. Measurement of power in three phase circuits ( two wattmeter method).substation equipments..08.necessity of earthing . wave and geothermal energy.N.substations .rectangular polar and exponential forms. Prentice Hall of India. principle of working of series inductor and shunt capacitor filters. Three phase systems . “Basic Electrical Engineering”. Tata McGraw Hill. principle of Photo diode. reluctance – problems in series magnetic circuits.generation of three phase voltage .block diagram description of a dc power supply.108 BASIC ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING L – T – P: 2-1-0 Credits: 6 MODULE – I Elementary concepts . Transducers – Resistance strain guage. energy efficient lamps MODULE – III Diodes .

Ernakulam. “Introduction to Electrical Engineering”. 1992. Tata McGraw Hill. “Electrical and Electronic Technology”.S. 9. 4. Pearson Education. and Mani V.S. . Muhammad H. ML Soni. Part-B is to cover 3 modules for 60 marks.. Pearson education. “Power Electronic Circuits.V. McGraw-Hill Book Co 8. Premlet. “A Text Book of Electrical Technology”. Volume I. 12.. Kollam 6. “Basic Electronics and Linear Circuits”. US Bhatnagar and A Chakrabarthy. S Chand & Co.L. “Introduction To Electronics and Communications”. 2002. Devices and Applications”. Millman and Halkias. Sarma G. Gopakumar. "Integrated Electronics: Analog and digital circuits and systems". Edward Hughes. New Delhi. Kollam 7. TP Imthias Ahmed. Phaser Books.One out of two or two out of four from each module).3. Dhanpath Rai & Sons. Thereja. Tata McGraw Hill 11. B.Bhargava. 5. “A Text Book on Power System Engineering”. Part – A is to be compulsory for 40 marks (10 questions of 4 marks each). “A Basic Course in Electrical Engineering”..N. "Instrumentation Devices and Systems". N. 30 . 1992. (50% choice. Rajath Publishers. Francis M Fernandez. Rashid.Phasor Books. Note : The question paper will consist of two parts. PU Guptha.R. Asia 2003. B. Rangan C. New Delhi 1997 10.

block diagram of CRO. logic families: TTL and CMOS Logic (No internal diagram) (4 hrs) (f) IC fabrication: purification of silicon. deposition. B. working of NPN transistor. frequency bands used. wave forms. (4 hrs) MODULE 2 (Qualitative Treatment) (a) Measurements: principle and block diagram of analog and digital multimeter. concepts of Single Mode and Multi Mode optical fiber. crystal growth. (4 hrs) (c) Color television: TV Standards. functional block diagram of operational amplifier. comparison with BJT. principle of Global Positioning System(GPS). structure. (3 hrs) (f) Optical communication: block diagram of the optical communication system. ideal operational amplifier. (5 hrs) (d) Radar and navigation: principle of radar and radar equation. basic principles of cableTV. principle of digital storage oscilloscope. AB and Class C power amplifiers.APD). (4 hrs) (e) Satellite communication: microwave frequency bands. frequency response. block schematics of pulsed radar. analog and digital ICs. unit process: oxidation.08. concepts of class A. measurements using CRO. (6 hrs) (b) Field effect Transistors : basic principles of JFET. circuit diagram & working of RC phase shift oscillator (7 hrs) (d) Integrated circuits: advantages of ICs. photolithography. advantages of satellite communication. flip flop (JK). principle and block diagram of function generator. principle of AM &FM demodulation. non inverting amplifier. input & output resistances and applications. input & output characteristics of common emitter configuration. (4 hrs) (e) Digital ICs:logic gates. principle of combinational and sequential logic circuits. current gain of each. (5 hrs) Credits: 6 31 . diffusion. integrator and comparator. wafer preparation. basic principles of HDTV. principle of light transmission through fiber. working principle of CRT. realization of logic functions. circuit diagram & working of push pull amplifiers. applications of radar in measurements and navigation. (5hrs) (b) Radio communication: principle of AM & FM. working principles of oscillators. MESFET and MOSFET. advantages of optical communication. summing amplifier. factors affecting range.use as inverting amplifier. block diagram of PAL TV transmitter & receiver. concept of geo-stationary satellite. function of each component in the circuit. typical doping. bandwidths. (3 hrs) (c) Amplifiers & Oscillators: circuit diagram & working of common emitter amplifier. satellite transponder.interlaced scanning. comparison of AM & FM. concepts of feedback. ion implantation.109 BASIC COMMUNICATION AND INFORMATION ENGINEERING L – T – P: 2-1-0 MODULE 1(Qualitative Treatment) (a) Bipolar junction transistors: NPN & PNP transistors. need of proper biasing. block diagram of earth station transmitter & receiver.principle &block diagram of super heterodyne receiver. voltage gain and 3dB bandwidth. working principle of source (semiconductor Laser) & detector ( PIN. block diagrams of AM & FM transmitters. epitaxy. common emitter & common collector configurations. comparison of three configurations with reference to voltage & current gain. concepts of common base. basic principles of LCD & Plasma displays. CCTV system.

Phasor Publisher’s. 4. New Age International [Module 2 (c)] 10. and carries 40 marks. microprocessors . David A. IP addresses. Pearson Education. network interface unit . and carries 60 marks. Principles of CMOS VLSI design – A system perspective. domain names. Pearson Education [Module 1(f)] 6. Computer Architecture. PHI 2. R. digital modulation techniques. PSK.server computing.Moris Mano.basic principles of router. network topologies. 32 .S C Gupta. internetworking concepts.of Electronics and Communication in the Colleges. M. Wireless Communications and Networks. Part II is to cover 3 modules.MODULE 3 (Qualitative Treatment) (a) Computer Architecture: functional units: basic concept of ALU. (7 hrs) REFERENCES 1. This shall contain 10 compulsory questions of 4 marks each. analog and digital data transmission. bridge. TMH 3. network security.Firewall.E. Question Paper The question paper shall consist of two parts. transmission media. Bell. caches. There shall be 3 questions from each module (10 marks each) out of which 2 are to be answered.Kamran Eshraghian. Part I is to cover the entire syllabus. Louis. Introduction to Electronics & Communication . Principles of Electronic Communication Systems. concepts of cells. N N Bhargava. parity checking. PHI . Electronic Instrumentation and Measurements. switching technologies. digitization of wave forms. memory hierarchy. Neil H E Weste. Introduction to web languages-HTML . principle and block diagram of GSM. Introduction to Information Technology. (4hrs) (d) Internet Technology: concepts of networking: client . (6hrs) (c) Mobile communication: basic principles of cellular communications. switch. 2008 9. William Stallings.MAN.ASK. Basic Electronics & Linear Circuits.TCP/IP. virtual memory. 5th edition. basic concepts of error detection . Santiram path and control. ITL Education Solution Ltd. TMH 8. communication protocols. FSK. K Gopakumar.principle of CDMA.Frenzel.R.circuit switching and packet switching. frequency reuse.Kollam This subject shall be handled by faculty of Dept. Pearson Education. network devices. Basic Electronics – Devices.modem..D C Kulshreshtha. Gulati. operating systems. main memory. WLL & GPRS technologies. Circuits and IT fundamentals.functional block diagram of 8085 (9 hrs) (b) Data communication: overview. PCM . Monochrome and Colour Television. 3rd edition.XML. LAN. 2008.[Module 2(a)] 7. PHI 5.WAN &World wide web.

Preparation of sand. Making of Butt joint. C. chiseling. drilling and tapping. D and E only. cutting. Study of pipe joints. T bolt and Eye bolt. F. Demonstration on forging of square prism. moulding practice and demonstration of casting.110 ENGINEERING WORKSHOPS L-T-P/D. Use of special tools in plumbing work. Stepped joints. G: Smithy: Study of tools. Fitting: Study of tools.08. C: Sheet Metal Work: Study of tools. B. marking and sawing. NOTE: For the university examination the student shall be examined in sections A. E: Foundry: Study of tools. H: Machine Tools: Study and demonstration on working of machine tools. threading and laying of pipes with different fittings using PVC pipes. Details of plumbing work in domestic and industrial applications. Straight line practices. D. 33 . trays and containers. Practice in filing. Preparing tube joints. Joints – Cross joint. Male and female joints. Selection of different gauge GI sheets for jobs. Lathe and Drilling machine. T joint and Lap joint. frustums. Practice on riveted joints. Carpentry: Study of tools and joints. B. Welding: Study of welding machines. Plumbing: Study of tools. Dove tail joint. Practice in planning. T joint. 0-0-2 Credits: 6 A. cutting. hexagonal bolt.

Odd and even functions. References 1. solution by seperation of variables. Peter O Neil.Change of order of integration.V.Stokes theorem and Gauss divergence theorem (no proof).Triple integrals. B.Grewal. properties Module III Partial differential equations: Formationof PDE. inverse Fourier transforms. 301 ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS II L-T-P/D. 2.Fourier sine and cosine transforms . Boundary value problems in one dimensional Wave and Heat equations. Tata Mc Graw Hill. First order nonlinear equations-standard forms -Homogeneous PDE with constant coefficients. Pearson Note: The question paper shall consists of two parts.Ramana. Part A ( 40 marks) Ten compulsory questions of 4 marks each. Advanced Engineering Mathematics. Module II Fourier series: Fourier series of periodic functions of period 2 and 2l. 3. Application of PDE: Derivation of one dimensional Wave and Heat equations. 8th Wiley Eastern. B. Solution of Lagranges linear equation. Area enclosed by plane curves.08. Vector integration: Line and surface and volume integrals. 3-1-0 (CMPUNERFHBTA) Module I Multiple Integrals: Double Integrals (Cartisian only). Part B ( 60 marks) Student must answer one out of two from each module . Kreyszig. Higher Engineering Mathematics.Each question carries 20 marks. Khanna Publishers.S. Advanced Engineering Mathematics. Greens theorem in the plane. Advanced Engineering Mathematics. Dirichlet’s condition for convergence.Volume of solids. Higher Engineering Mathematics. Fourier Transforms: Fourier integral theorem(no proof)-Fourier transforms. Michel D Greenberg. Half range expansions. 4. Credits: 4 34 . 5.

M. Chandrasekharan Nair University question Note: Part I and Part II to be answers in separate answer books. 3-0-0 (MPEU) PART I. PART II . Varian – Intermediate Micro Economics 7. A Systematic approach to Accounting: Dr K. Tertiary Sector – Significance of Money.08.ECONOMICS (2 periods per week) Credits: 3 Module – I Definition of Economics – Basic Concepts Goods – Choice of techniques – Production possibility curve National Income concepts .Method of Balancing accounts. New Delhi. Hal R.M Sundaran – Indian Economy 6.G. Rudder Dutt and K. Michael – Todaro. Economic Development Addison Wesley Longman Ltd. Mithani-Money. Part – I Economics Part A – 30 Marks (short answers) covering entire syllabus (3x10=30) Part B – 40 marks (50% choice one out of two or two out of four from each module) Part – II Accountancy Three questions covering entire syllabus out of which two questions has to be answered (2x15=30) 35 . K.ACCOUNTANCY (1 Period per week) Module III Book.GNP – GDP – NNP – Per Capita Income – Three Sectors of the Economy – Primary – Secondary. 5. Double Entry book Keeping – Batliboi 9.the journal proper (simple problems).Keeping and Accountancy -Elements of Double Entry -Book. Final accounts: Preparation of trading and profit and loss Account. Mohinder Kumar Sharma _ Business Environment in India 4. Banking. India’s Economic crisis in 1991 – New economic policy – Global Financial meltdown in 2008 – Applicability of Keynesian Theory to UDC’S. Koutsiannis (second Edition) Micro Economics 8.K Dewett. Meaning of Demand and Supply – Types of demand – Determinants of Demand – Demand forecasting. Environment and Development – Basic Issues – Sustainable Development and Environmental Accounting – Population – Resources and the Environment – Poverty and the Environment – Growth versus the Environment – The Global Environment . D.Keeping-rules for journalizing -Ledger accounts –Cash book-Banking transactions – Trial Balance. Modern Economic theory 2.P.Balance sheet (with simple problems) . Production function – Law of Variable proportion – Returns to scale Least cost combination of inputs – Cost concepts – Cost output relationship Module -II Inflation – causes of inflation – measures to control inflation – Demand – Pull inflation – cost push inflation – effects of Inflation – effects of inflations comparison between inflation and deflation. 3. 302 HUMANITIES L-T-P/D. International Trade and Public Finance.Introduction to Accounting packages (Description only) References : 1. Himalaya publishing House. Stock Market and present scenario – Industrial sector past and present – Industry Analysis – Electronics – Chemical – Automobile – FMCG Industry.

R K Bansal. Robert W.Francis Turbine – Constructional features – Velocity triangles.303 FLUID MECHANICS AND MACHINES L-T-D: 4-1-0 (MPU) Module – I Properties of fluid . Pascal’s Law. Eulers equation. sudden expansion and sudden contractions. losses and efficiencies. John Wiley and sons 3. Darcy. Hydraulic Turbines : Impulse and Reaction Turbines – Pelton Wheel – Constructional features . Mody’s chart. Hagen. Gauge pressure and Absolute pressure. J.Venturi and Orifce meters. water hammer Transmission of power through pipes (simple problems) Module – II Impact of jets: Stationary and moving vanes – Flat and curved vanes – Series of vanes work done and efficiency. Chezy’s formula .reciprocating pump – air vessels and their purposes – separation and cavitation . Jagadish Lal. priming. dynamic. scale Laws – Unit speed – Unit discharge and unit power Module –III Positive displacement pumps. Rotary motion of liquids – free. Reynolds number. surface tension. similarity and model testing-selection of water turbines for power plants.Velocity triangles – Euler’s equation – Speed ratio. bulk modulus. 2. rate of shear strain. Introduction to fluid dynamics.slip negative slip and work required and efficiency. Performance characteristics-multistage pumps-selection of pumps-pumping devices-hydraulic ram jet pumps. incompressible and compressible fluids. static and total head. Fluid Mechanics. K. specific speed.effect of acceleration and friction on indicator diagram – multi cylinder pumps.Density.pressure. design of Pelton wheel – Inward and outward flow reaction turbines. Fluid mechanics and Hydraulic machines 7. siphon effect. efficiency and losses. head . pressure gauges. Practical applications: Flow rate measurements. workdone and efficiencies – Axial flow turbine (Kaplan ) Constructional features – Velocity triangles. forced and spiral vortex flows. Laminar and Turbulent flow. Dimensional analysis : Rayleigh equation. Theory and applications of fluid mechanics. Specific weight. manometers. Subrahmanya. casings –manometric head. Douglas. gear pumps. F. friction factor. Bernoulli’s done and efficiencies – Characteristic curves of turbines – theory of draft tubes – surge tanks – Cavitation in turbines – Governing of turbines – Specific speed of turbine . Mechanics of fluids 6. (TMH) 4. exit.Losses at entry. jet ratio & work done . Notches and Weirs (description only for notches and weirs). Measurement of pressure .rotodynamic pumpscentrifugal pump impeller. Continuity equation. compressibility. Fox.Poiseuille equation. Type Number– Characteristic curves.Pitot tube and Pitot –static tube. Hydraulic Machines Credits: 5 36 . vane pump and lobe pump.indicator diagram.Piezo meter. real and ideal fluids. head loss due to friction. viscosity. Energies in flowing fluid. velocity. Pressure at a point in a fluid. Newtonian and nonNewtonian fluids. Atmospheric pressure. branching of pipes.08. Flow through pipes: Reynolds experiment. Compound pipes. Pearson education. Shames. Turbulent flow through pipes. H. Buckingham theorem – Dimensionless numbers Similarity Laws – Shape numbers – Impeller shapes based on shape numbers References : 1. I.Velocity measurements. Newton’s law of viscosity.

Tata McGraw-Hill Note The question paper shall contain two parts. Hydraulics & Hydraulic Machines Modi & Seth. 11. 37 . 12. R. Fluid flow mechanics Yunus A Cengel.A & PART – B Part – A shall contain 10 compulsory short answer type questions of 4 marks each. Standard Publishers.K. S Govinda Rao. PART. 10.8. Fluid Mechanics & Machines . N. Student has to answer three full questions selecting one from each module (3x 20 = 60 ). covering the entire syllabus ( 10 x 4 = 40 ) Part – B shall contain 2 questions from each module. Fluid Mechanics. 9. Hydraulic Machines D S Kumar.Rajput. Each question carries 20 marks. John M Cimbala.

Ane Books India. simply supported and over hanging beams-concentrated and UD loads. New Delhi. lateral strain. and J.M. relationship between elastic constants.gradually and suddenly applied impact loads. deformation of axially loaded bars. Gere. generalised Hooke’s law. modulus of elasticity. Strain energy due to axial loads.Macaulay’s method. References : S.. composite bars. volumetric strain. Analysis of pin-jointed plane perfect frames by the method of joints.S. members with varying cross section. Strength of materials. Saint-Venant’s Principle and stress concentration. Advanced Mechanics of Solids. Module III Torsion of circular shafts-solid and hollow shafts-power transmitted by shafts. load.08. thermal stress. Srinath. Poisson’s ratio. bulk modulus of elasticity. plane strain and examples. modulus of rigidity. Strength of Materials Timoshenko S. Slope and deflection of beams.deflection differential equation. Mechanics of Materials. definition of plane stress. Direct and bending stress – short columns – core of section Crippling load-Eulers equation. 5 Singh G. D. Tata McGraw-Hill Note: University question paper consists of two parts Part A – 40 Marks (8 compulsory questions of 5 marks each to cover the entire syllabus) Part B – 60 marks ( 50% Choice. Theory of simple bending-bending stress and shear stress distribution-rectangular. Module II Shear force and bending moment diagrams– cantilever. principle of superposition. Concept of stress and strain tensor. circular and I sections. normal strain and shear strain. Engineering Mechanics of solids. Hooke’s law. Mechanics of structures Vol I & II Egor P Popov.Junarkar. computation of slope and deflection of simply supported and cantilever beams. New Delhi. One out of Two from each module) 1 2 3 4 38 . concept of strain. CBS Publishers & Distributors. constitutive relation. 6 L. Stress transformation (2D only) principal stress and Mohr’s circle.PHI Timoshenko.304 MECHANICS OF SOLIDS L-T-D: 3-1-0 (MPU) Module I Credits : 4 Concept of stress – normal stress and shear stress.B. Thin cylinders and shells subjected to internal and external pressures – thick cylinders and spherical shellsLame’s equation – compound cylinders.P.

psychometric processproblems. effect of sub cooling and superheatingLiquid suction heat exchanger. the factors influencing the load calculation. work done. reheating-. emissivity. psychometric chart.psychrometry-basic definitions. working. Rajput. C. Convection. thermal conductivity and thermal resistance. effect of intercooling. hollow cylinder. work output. Unit.J P Holman Applied Thermo Dynamics for Engineering. Critical radius and its significance. Vapour refrigeration cycle-layout. volumetric efficiency and free air delivered (FAD). Heat exchangers-Classification-Parallel flow. intercooling. Factors affecting conductivity. Pearson Education. heat transfer coefficient.Layout.P Arora Fundamentals of engineering Heat and Mass Transfer. overall heat transfer coefficient. method of improving COP.C. 305 MECHANICAL ENGINEERING L-T-D: 3-1-0 Module I Heat transfer. Thermal Engineering. Radiation-Stefan Boltzman law. Radiation heat transfer between infinite parallel plates. PART. 6. optimum pressure ratio. two stage compression. variation of temperature. Credits : 4 39 . counter flow.D. Fans and Blowers-classification.L Ballaney Refrigeration & Air conditioning. Log mean area. 4. Bell Coleman cycle. T-s and p-h diagram. hollow spheres and their composites.P .Eastop and A McConkay. 3. Grey body – Kirchoffs law. Air conditioning.Ammonia –water system and Electrolex system. Concept of black body. 5. efficiency. effect of variation in pressure. efficiencies. Reference: Thermal Engineering.Modes of heat transfer.R. emissive power.08.classifications. reciprocating compressor-p-v diagram.General Heat Conduction Equation in Cartesian and Polar Coordinates. 2. reflectivity and transmissivity. Note The question paper shall contain two parts. Air cycles-reversed Carnot cycle. One-dimensional conduction through plane wall. Module III Refrigeration-Definition. effect of clearance. wet and superheated cycle.A & PART – B 1. T..Newton law of cooling. COP. effect of regeneration. condenser. absorptivity. Fourier law of heat conduction. Rotary compressors. simple saturated cycle.Classifications-open closed and semi closed cycle and working cycles. Analysis of Heat Exchangers –LMTD and NTU methods Module II Compressors-Classifications. Absorption refrigeration. working and field of applications (description only) Gas turbines. Buckingham’s Π theorem and its application to Natural and forced convection heat transfer. Load Calculation in air conditioning systems. evaporator. Sachdeva Heat Transfer .

covering the entire syllabus ( 10 x 4 = 40 ) Part – B shall contain 2 questions from each module. 40 . Student has to answer three full questions selecting one from each module (3x 20 = 60 ).Part – A shall contain 10 compulsory short answer type questions of 4 marks each. Each question carries 20 marks.

University examination duration – 4 hours Part A and Part B are to be answered in separate answer books Part A (50 marks) The question paper shall contain 2 questions. Estimating and Costing in Civil Engineering. foundation bolts. Bhatt. Drawing & Estimation Module I Drawing : Principles of building drawing. single strap and double strap). 306 ENGINEERING DRAWING L-T-D: 1-0-4 PART . Hydraulic joint and Union Joint. Module-2 Dimensioned drawing: Hexagonal and square headed bolt with nut. Machine Drawing PART – B Civil Engg. quantity estimation and cost estimation of building such as residential building and factory buildings. Machine Drawing. single storied and two storied). N. Module I carries 30 marks and module II carries 20 marks. factory building with steel trusses for small scale industries.I. Dimensioned drawing which is a compulsory question and carries 30 marks.S. Sectional drawings of Socket and spigot joint.08. Plummer block. (2x10=20 marks). Conventions-Dimensioning techniques. P. preparation of drawing of buildings such as office building.Prabhu. Balagopal.S.. butt joints (chain and zigzag with multiple rows.R. The second question is from Module 2. forms of rivet heads..D. 3. 3.Gill. Building drawing and detailing. Machine Drawing 4. Estimating and Costing in Civil Engineering. Pipe joints: Sectional drawings of Cast Iron Flanged joint. P. residential building (RCC and tiled roof. Part B (50 marks) The question paper shall contain 2 questions from each module and one has to be answered from each.Vincent Paul. Pipe joint-socket and spigot.A (MPU) Machine Drawing 0-0-2 Credits : 5 Conversion of pictorial views into Orthographic views – Sectional views. Single plate clutch and Cone friction clutch. BIS standards Module-1 Free hand sketching: Screw thread forms and conventional representations. Dutta B. lock nuts.N. Bushed Pin flexible coupling. Module II Estimating: Principles of estimation. Rigid flange couplings. It contains 3 sub divisions and any 2 has to be answered. 2. Machine Drawing 2. 1-0-2 41 . References: 1. Chakrabarti M. References: 1. different types of keys. The first question is from module-1 which carries 20 marks.Varghese. types of sectional views. Knuckle Joint. Parkinson. Riveted Joints – Lap (chain and zigzag with multiple rows).

pressure gauge. Determination of coefficient and discharge of an orifice by the time of emptying method and Constant head method. Spring test (Open and closed coiled ) 8. 4. Determination of Darcy’s coefficients. High carbon steel and Cast Iron specimens 2.307 CIVIL ENGINEERING LAB (MPU) Credits : 2 Experiments 1. manometers. Bending test on Wood 9. No examination for chain surveying and levelling. 7. but viva shall be asked. Aluminium and Brass wire 5. Performance test on Impulse and Reaction turbines 42 . vacuum gauge. Determination of Moment of Inertia of Rotating Bodies 10.308 FLUID MECHANICS LAB L-T-D: 0-0-2 Credits : 2 1.L-T-D: 0-0-2 08. venturi meters and orifice meters. 5. Study of pumps. Torsion test using Torsion Pendulum on MS. 6. Duration: 3 hrs. Performance test on Rotodynamic and Positive displacement pumps 8. Hardness test (Brinell Hardness & Rockwell Hardness) 7. gate valve and foot valve. Chain Surveying and Levelling ( 4hrs only.centrifugal – reciprocating. Torsion test on MS Rod 4. Izod and Charpy Impact tests 6. 2. Hydraulic coefficient of a circular orifice. flow measuring equipments-water meters-venturi meter-orifice meter-current meter. Study of Turbines. Study of meters.impact and reaction types. 08. Test on Mild Steel. Determination of metacentric height and Centre of pressure of floating bodies. 3.) Scheme of Examination:Exam. stop valve. gauges and valves . Shear test on MS Rod 3. Coefficient of discharge and calibration of Notches.

Higher Engineering Mathematics. f (x ) dx with no poles of f (z ) 0 on the real axis (proof of theorems not required) Module III Numerical Techniques:Errors in numerical computation-solution of algebraic and transcendental equations by bisection method.08. 5. w=z2 . 3. S. Examination Duration: 3 hours Note: The question paper shall consists of two parts. Peter v.Each question carries 20 marks. B. Tata Mc Graw hill.Numerical solutionof ODE Taylor series method. Evaluation of real definite integrals2 ∞ f (sin θ . −∞ 43 .Raphson method. Weiley Eastern. cosθ ) dθ . 2. Thomson Pub.Veerarajan and T. Lagranges interpolation formula. Trapezoidal and Simpson’s rule. O’neil.S Grewal. Milne Thomson method Conformal mapping:The Transformations w=1/ z .S. B.Sastry. 3-1-0 (CMPUNERFHB) Module I Credits 4 Complex Differentiation: Limits . Numerical Methods with programming. Newtons forward and backward interpolation formula. C T.Numerical integration. Greenberg. Advanced Engineering Mathematics. Pearson.Cauchy’s integral theorem-Cauchy’s integral formula. Eulers method.Runge Kutta methods(derivation of formulae not required for the above methods. Khanna Publishers. Solution linear systems by Gauss elimination and Gauss-Seidal method. Power series-radius of convergence-Taylors and Laurents series-zeros and singularities – Residues and residue theorem.V Ramana.Bilinear transformation Module II Complex Integration:Line integral. w=z+1/ z . 4. w=sin z . Advanced Engineering Mathematics. regula false method.Newton. Introductory methods of numerical analysis.) References: 1. Analytic functions-Cauchy Reimann equations in Cartesian form (proof of necessary part only) properties of analytic functions-harmonic functions.continuity and differentiation of complex functions. 6.w=cos z . Part B ( 60 marks) Student must answer one out of two from each module . Erwin Kreizig. Higher Engineering Mathematics.401 ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS III L-T-P/D. 7. Part A ( 40 marks) Ten compulsory questions of 4 marks each.Ramachandran. Advanced Engineering Mathematics.

Operator overloading. Aitken.inline functions. Object oriented Programming with ANSI & Turbo C++. comma and bitwise operators. sizeof. while. Object Oriented Programming in C++ . array and pointer. 3. Constant and Variables. recursion. switch. Module-III Errors and approximations – floating point arithmetic – sources of errors – control of errors – propagation of errors – condition and stability – Rate of convergence. 6. Data types – integer. string. private & public member function. Numerical problems and preparation of computer programs for the above methods References : 1. character. Arrays – one dimensional & two dimensional.Inverse interpolation. member access. 5. constructor and destructor. Nagler. Curve fitting – method of least squares – non-linear relationships – Correlation and Regression – Linear correlation – measures of correlation – Standard error of estimate – coefficient of correlation. 2. covering the entire syllabus ( 10 x 4 = 40 ). Student has to answer three full questions selecting one each from module. Jaico publications. Applied Numerical Analysis . Object Oriented Programming with C++. pointers. logical. friend declaration.F. Pearson Education. The question paper shall contain two parts (Part A and Part B). A Hands on Approach. Part – B shall contain 2 questions from each module. Pearson Education. Input/output stream libray . initialization.base class and derived class. Hermite and Spline techniques. arithmetic. Simple programs using above features.definition.Wheatley. 4. class objects. C++ Primer. increment & decrement. predefined classes. Balaguruswamy. Learning C++. relational. Statements – simple & compound.402 COMPUTER PROGRAMMING & NUMERICAL METHODS L-T-P/D. Lippman and Josee Lajoie. 3-1-0 (MNPU) Credits 4 Module – I Introduction to Computer programming concept . Kamthane. TataMcgraw Hill. conditional. function over loading. Input and output streams. break and continue statements. ofstream .08. Control statements -if. Simple problems using the above features. Lagrange. boolean.ifstream. E. Solution of Partial differential equations – classification – Laplace equation – Finite difference methods – relaxation methods. 7. Prentice Hall. Identifiers. Numerical Methods. Operators – assignment. Inheritance. member function. Part – A shall contain 10 compulsory short answer type questions of 4 marks each. Functions with default arguments. Gerald and P. fstream. TataMcgraw Hill. real. class flies. Ashok M. declaration statements. for loop. Balaguruswamy. Pearson Education. Functions. C. Key words.Algorithm and flow chart. enumeration. Escape sequences.O. 44 . Basics of procedure oriented and object oriented programming. Interpolation – Newton’s Divided difference. Stanley B. dowhile. Stability and convergence of solution. data members. Nabajyothi barkakati. Module –II Introduction to Class and Object. Each question carries 20 marks. if-else. Introduction to C++: Structure of C++ program. (3x 20 = 60 ).

Factors affecting plastic deformation. co-ordination number. Case Hardening. Introduction to Ceramics. Physical Mechanical. R. Electrical. CVD. Nitriding. De-lamination theory. Material Science and Engineering. 403 METALLURGY AND MATERIAL SCIENCE L-T-P/D : 3-1-0 (MP) Module I Credits : 4 Classification of engineering materials-selection of materials with reference to properties. Fatigue crack growth. atomic packing factor. Eutectoid. Metallic bonds. Elements of Materials Science. L. Properties. Strain hardening. Introduction of Engineering materials. imperfections in crystals. Thermal. Dieter. John Wiley. composition and uses of various types of Cast Iron and Steels .S. Factors leading to crack formation. Module II Diffusion mechanism. Impact test. 5. Indroduction to Material Science. William D.Richards.K. Gibb’phase rule. Hume Rothery’s rule.W.K. space lattice.III. Theory of alloys. Part B – 60 Marks (50 % choice. Smart materials. Composites.K.Lakhtin. types of unit cells. Carburising. deformation temperature. Fatigue mechanism.Sharma.Dogra & A. Y.II. one out of two from each module) 45 .Agrawal. Recovery. References : 1. Plasma spraying. Properties. Nuclear. composition and uses of Copper. Elastic and Plastic deformation of metals. Surface treatments.Callister. Miller indices. B. Recrystalisation and Grain Growth.K.Induction hardening.W. Brittle fracture. Twinning. 10. Iron-Carbon Equilibrium diagram. 9. Serope Kalpakjain et al. Engg Physical Metallurgy. Hardenability tests. Nano materials. 2. Frank-Read source. Cynading. Solid solutions. Griffith’s crack theory. Fick’s Laws. Ductile-brittle transition in steels. Super conductivity and Super plasticity of materials.K. 8. Energy balance approach. Wulff-Series. Critical shear stress. Engineering Material Science.Effect of various alloying elements. Creep mechanism. Ductile fracture. Significance of fracture mechanics.08. Heat treatment processes. Dielectric properties. Thermal spraying. 3. Note: Question paper shall consist of 2 parts. crystal structure.Kataria &Sons. 6. Critical cooling rate.Rajput. Isothermal TTT diagrams. allotropy and polymorphism..Van Wlanck. Tata McGraw Hill. Titanium and its alloys.IV. Module III Testing of materials-Tensile and Compression test. R. Part A – Compulsory short answer questions of 4 marks each covering the entire syllabus (10x4=40 marks). Effects of various alloying elements. PVD. C. Magnetic. Equilibrium diagrams-Construction and uses-Equilibrium diagram of binary alloys: Eutectic. Material Science Vol-I. service and economic considerations. Manufacuring Engg and Technology. Advanced Material Science. Mechanical Metallurgy. Peritectic and peritectoid reactions. Precipitation hardening. Slip. Aluminum. 7. 4. Dislocation. D-Gun spraying.

Part B – 60 Marks (50 % choice. 5. Manufacturing Technology – Foundry. press forging. design of sprue. Forging dies. wires and tubes. one out of two from each module) 46 . die casting. Pearson Education. forging process. Chvorinov’s rule. forging defects. types of pattern. die casting alloys. Expandable pattern casting (lost form). wheel and tyre. forging hammer and forging press. Press working. 404 L-T-P/D : 2-1-0 PRODUCTION PROCESS –I Credits : 3 Module-I General introduction to classification of production process: Foundry: Pattern making. centrifugal casting. smith forging. Forming and Welding. size and location. properties and ingredients of core sand. Sand testing methods. pattern design. Sand moulding procedure. Principles of manufacturing materials and process. gating system. Roll passes. 3. Campbell Production technology. Rolling mills and their classification. Part A – Compulsory short answer questions of 4 marks each covering the entire syllabus (10x4=40 marks). Pearson Education Manufacturing Engineering and Technology. P. bending. 6. Hydro forming. CO2 process. Serope Kalpakjian and Steven R Schmid. process involving shearing. Poulukhin Processes and Materials of Manufacture. 7. drop forging. Semi-finished and finished roll products. Riser design. ASM metal Hand Book Note: Question paper shall consist of 2 parts. ingredients and the properties of moulding sand. methods and applications. Precision investment casting. Drawing of rods. 8. Core making: types. Rolling: Principles of metal rolling. gating ratio. solidification rate and time. HERF –Explosive forming. 4. Tata McGrawHill. Extrusion: process. Casting defects: causes and remedies. Gating and risering: functions of gating and risering system. pattern allowances. Defects in rolling special products like tube. Solidification of castings: mechanism of dentritic growth. Jain and Gupta Foundry technology.08. drawing and squeezing application. pattern materials. Processes and applications of metal spinning and stretch forming processes. upset forging. 2. Electromagnetic forming Module III Forging: Classification of forging. Lal Metal Process engineering. riser shake. Reference: 1.Rao.N. Roy A. sand conditioning and reclamation. types of sand moulding and moulding sand. characteristic forged products. Lindberg. Module II Special casting process: Permanent mould casting. shell moulding.

Cutting action of grinding wheels. Machine Tool Practices -Hajre Chaudhery -HMT -R. A. one out of two from each module) 47 . Pearson education Note: Question paper shall consist of 2 parts.Capstan. Machine Tools Vol. Production Technology 4. main parts and functions. plain. planning. Milling of spur and helical gears.III Milling machines. milling operations. main parts and functions. Production Technology 3.coolants used-Factors governing wheel selectionblocking and dressing. 405 L-T-P/D : 3-1-0 MACHINE TOOLS – I Credits : 4 Module. main parts and functions.main parts and functions. drilling tool nomenclature. Thread grinding. Module. Champonen . speed and feed for turning. types of milling cutters.their working principles.I Introduction to metal removal process – types of machine tools. Boring machines. Drilling machinestypes and specifications. reaming. operations.specifications. examples of work done.II Shaping. Pearson Education. compound and differential. Jain -Roy A Lindburg. Turret. and slotting machines . Automatic and semi-automatic lathes . applications and essential difference from engine lathe. K. Types of lathes . tool and cutter grinders. drives adopted and tools used. profile grinding. Module.Cutting speed and feeds. work and tool holding devices. Reference : 1. Work shop Technology Part 3 6. -W.Richard R Kibbe. Processes and material manufacture 5. 2 2. deep hole drilling. Grinding machines.main parts and functions. lathe operations and cutting tools used. Part B – 60 Marks (50 % choice. J. turning time calculations. Part A – Compulsory short answer questions of 4 marks each covering the entire syllabus (10x4=40 marks). Copying. Lathes: Engine Lathes – specification-general study of main parts and tool and work holding devices.types and specifications. boring machines. operations. centreless grinding and surface grinding operations. indexing-simple. work and tool holding devices. operations. cylindrical grinding. Honing and lapping.08 .

Bhatt 2. screw jack. Geometric tolerance and its indications on drawing. Machine Drawing.Stop valve for boilers.I. Machine Drawing.D. The second question is from Module-2 carries 80 marks and is a compulsory question.indication of surface roughness. Note: The question paper shall contain 2 questions.Shaft bearing and supports – Pedestal bearings. ND Junnarkar. Tool head for shaping machine. Machine Drawing. The first question is from Module-1 and shall contain 3 sub divisions out of which 2 to be answered (2x10=20marks). Machine Drawing.S. Engine parts – Piston and Connecting Rod.Fits and Tolerances. Module-2 Assembly and working drawing (Part drawing). surface treatment. P. spindle. Surface texture. IS specifications. N. Ramsbottom safety valve and lever safety valve.Varghese 3. tool post. Pearson Education 48 .Gill 4. Parkinson 5.Lathe tail stock. Plummer block and foot step bearing.08. Reference 1. indication of production method. I. Machine parts .C. P. Valve . Machine Drawing . Bench vice and Machine vice. form tolerance and position tolerance.406 L-T-P/D : 0-0-4 PRODUCTION DRAWING Credits : 4 Module-1 Information to be furnished in drawings.

Drilling machines: . Study of pollution testing equipment and flue gas analyser 3. exercise on plane and taper turning.all systems and parts b) Petrol engines .P b) Heat Balance test i. groove (ball and cup) and thread cutting. 407 ME LAB Credits : 3 1. Repairing of I C engines – tools and accessories used for it 4.P and B. 49 . Lathe: Study of tools and accessories. Heat exchanger method ii. Determination of flash and fire points of petroleum products 5.M.E. Morse test on petrol engine.Study of tools and accessories. Determination of viscosity of lubricating oil using Redwood Viscometer 6. exercise on drilling machines. 08.C engines :a) Diesel engines .L-T-D: 0-0-3 08. 2. Flue gas analysis method iii.all systems and parts 2. Experiment on I C Engines a) Load test to obtain performance curves based on B. Volumetric efficiency method c) Valve timing diagram d) Economic speed test e) Best cooling water Temperature test f) Retardation test g) Volumetric efficiency and Air-fuel ratio test 8. Determination of calorific value of solid. exercise on shaping flat surfaces and V-groove 3. Shaping Machines: Study of tools and accessories. Study of I. 408 L-T-P/D : 0-0-3 MACHINE TOOLS LAB Credits : 3 1. liquid and gaseous fuels using Bomb calorimeter and Gas Calorimeter 7.

Wiley University Examination The question paper shall contain two parts. Philips. 3. TMH Richard A.Testing of Hypothesis . Johnson.Degenerate and non-degenerate solutions Optimal solution . Veerarajan.Solution of LPP basic solution .Artificial variables .Basic feasible solution .Hypothesis concerning a mean.Mean and Variance Simple problems.Linear correlation and regression .Fitting a straight line .Sampling distributions .Mean and Variance of the above distributions . Operations Research.Properties of primal and dual optimal solutions solution using duality Reference 1. exponential and normal distributions Module II Curve fitting .Slack and surplus variables . Part B shall contain 2 questions of 20 marks each from module I. Pearson G.Formation of LPP . Poisson.Distribution functions .General linear programming problem . 2.graphical solution .Principle of least squares .Big-M method Canonical form of LPP . Probability and statistics for engineers. Poisson.Solution by simplex method . 50 .Standard form . Part A shall contain 10 compulsory questions of 4 marks each. . Addison Wesley Ravindran.08.Binomial.Normal distribution . Hadly.Karl Pearson’s coefficient of correlation . Probability and Random Processes.Estimation . Module III Linear programming . covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4 = 40). Solberg. Linear Programming. Part A and Part B.Interval estimation of population mean and proportions ( small and large samples) .Computing probabilities using Binomial.Standard error .Properties of normal distribution . Equality of means . One full question from each module has to be answered (3 x 20 = 60). T. difference of two proportions.Duality in LPP . uniform.Fitting a parabola . uniform and exponential distributions .Hypothesis concerning one proportion.501 L-T-D: 3-1-0 ENGINEERING MATHS IV (CMPU) Credits : 4 Module I Discrete and continuous random variables and their probability distributions Probability distribution (density) functions . 4. II and III.

Theraja Art and utilization of electric energy – Partab Principles of electrical and electronics – V.K. A. Methods of speed control – methods of braking. Three phase induction motors.simple numerical problems.stepper motor. Equivalent circuits. A text book of electrical technology-.vector diagrams. 3.R & Vandana Singal University Examination The question paper shall contain two parts.torque slip characteristics. Part A shall contain 10 compulsory questions of 4 marks each.principle of operation of single phase induction motor – split phase motor – capacitor start motor.methods of starting – direct online – auto transformer – star delta and rotor resistance starting Module-III Single phase motors. Module-II Transformers – principles of operations – emf equation. Part B shall contain 2 questions of 20 marks each from module I. 4. One full question from each module has to be answered (3 x 20 = 60).08. Principles of operation of synchronous motors.slip ring and squirrel cage types.principles of operation – rotating magnetic field.variations of speed. Part A and Part B.simple numerical problems. Auto transformers constant voltage transformer. occ and load characteristics.types – emf equation of alternator – regulation of alternator by emf method.V curvessynchronous condenser. losses and efficiency – load test.B. II and load and blocked rotor tests.efficiency calculations. shunt and series excited DC generators.L. torque and power with motor current.Theraja. Circle diagrams. Principles of dc motors-torque and speed equations-torque speed characteristics.losses and efficiency – OC and SC tests. Metha Fundamentals of electric machines – Guptha . Electric traction – systems of power supply – functional schematic of ac electric locomotivestypes of motors used in traction systems.502 L-T-D: 3-1-0 ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY (MPU) Credits : 4 Module-I DC Machines-principle of operation-emf equation-types of excitations. Applications of dc shunt series and compound motors. Separately excited.instrument transformers. Principles of starting. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4 = 40). General idea of armature reaction.methods of starting. 2. compound generators.universal motor Synchronous machines.K.maximum efficiency – allday efficiency – simple numerical problems.B. 51 . References: 1.

S. Description of Tangent cam and circular arc cams (No problems). Kinematics of Machines. Charles E Wilson and J Peter Sadler . Rao and Dukkipatti. Myzka. band and block brakes-internal expanding shoe brakes. Introduction to graphical and vector approaches.L. Cams: Classification of cams and followers-Terminology . Shigley and Uicker..Coriolis component of acceleration Klien’s Construction Belt – Rope –Chain Drives: Introduction – Open and ccross belt drive – length of belt – ratio of belt tensions – centrifugal tensions. Degrees of freedom – Kutzbach criterion – Grashof’s Law – Kinematic inversions – Concepts of mechanical advantage. contact ratio. Torque in epicyclic gear trains. band .Wiley Eastern 3.V belt drive-Rope drive – Power tramsmitted Friction Clutches: Plate clutches – Conical clutches –power tramsmitted Brakes and Dynamometers: Types of brakes: Analysis of shoe . Theory of Machines and Mechanisms 4. Theory of machines. P. Straight line mechanisms – Watt mechanism – Peaucellier mechanism – Harts mechanism. Kinematics and Dynamics of Machinery 3rd ed.503 THEORY OF MACHINES (MP) L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 Module – I Introduction: Terminology – definitions and assumptions. Ballaney.initial tensions.S. number and dimensional synthesis – function generation – chebyshev spacing – Three position synthesis – graphical methods – Analytical methods.calculation of minimum number of teeth.Theory of Machines and Mechanisms 6.Velocity and acceleration diagrams – Vector methods .McGraw Hill 2. flat faced or roller followers-.Freudensteins of gearing – gear tooth profiles. Mechanics of Machinery. Transmission angle. Mechanism and Machine theory. Rattan. Narosa 7.Description of Absorption and Transmission type dynamometers Module – III Gears: Types of gears –Terminology. Pearson Education 52 . Synthesis: Introduction to kinematic synthesis – types. Steering mechanisms – Quick return mechanisms – Intermittent motion mechanisms – Geneva mechanism. Ramamoorthi. Theory of Machines and Mechanisms. arc of contact.. THM 5. Amithabha Ghosh and Malik .. Rachet and pawl mechanisms. (Slider crank mechasim only) Module – II Velocity and acceleration analysis of mechanisms: Relative velocity method -Relative acceleration method –Graphical method .effect of friction in gears. Aronhold & Kennedy’s theorem – locating instantaneous centers (upto 6 link mechanisms) – Velocity analysis using instantaneous method – Centrodes velocity analysis – analytical method.08.interference and under cutting. path of contact. V. Dynamometers. Coupler curve.standard follower motions– Disc cam with reciprocating or pivoted type knife edge. Gear trains: Types of gear trains-compound. Pearson Education 8. Velocity analysis of mechanisms: Velocity analysis – Instantaneous center of velocity. reverted and epicyclic. References 1.graphical layout of cam profiles.

Part A shall contain 10 compulsory questions of 4 marks each. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4 = 40). Part A and Part B. 53 . Part B shall contain 2 questions of 20 marks each from module I.University Examination The question paper shall contain two parts. One full question from each module has to be answered (3 x 20 = 60). II and III.

The 8051 Microcontroller 3rd Edn. Kuo. 2nd Edn. Converters.TRIAC. Working and characteristics of UJT and IGBT. Industrial and power electronics. addressing modes. Thomson India edition 3. New Delhi University Examination The question paper shall contain two parts..response to step input. Power Electronics. Module III Control systems: Open loop and closed loop control systems. peak overshoot and falling time. ADC .Principle and applications. application and Design. Power Electronics. 2nd Edn. interfacing with 7-segment LED display only). Application of 8051 microcontroller based temperature control system. Stability of a system-definition-stability analysis using Routh hurwitz criterion. Converters-Single phase half wave and Bridge converters.Laser diode andThermistors . Applications for industrial measurement and control.. One full question from each module has to be answered (3 x 20 = 60) 54 . Instruction set of 8051 – Programming examples (addition. Second order systems . Module II Data acquisition system-block diagram and explanation of each block. Part A shall contain 10 compulsory questions of 4 marks each covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4 = 40). memory organization. Micro controllers – Intel 8051 – Architecture. PI and PID controllers. Benjamin C. Harish C.08. 8 bit multiplication and 8 bit division. Photo transister and Photovoltaic cell. II and III.504 INDUSTRIAL ELECTRONICS (MP) L-T-D: 2-1-0 Credits : 3 Module I Thyristors-Working and characteristics of SCR. Transfer function-electrical system. Muhammad H Rashid. Frequency response -frequency domain specifications-bandwidth and resonant peak. Ayala. Stability analysis in frequency domain using Bode plot.Resistance welding-sequence timer. 6th Edn. Photoelectric devices. Part A and Part B. Dielectric heating and Induction heating . Ned Mohan. John Wiley and sons 5. DAC. Rai. mechanical system. subtraction. Principle of PD. PHI.principle of operations of APD. Automatic cotrol system. Structure and working of power BJT.. References 1.Actuators. delay time. Transducers – LED. register banks. special function registers. PHI 4. peak time.Part B shall contain 2 questions of 20 marks each from module I. PHI 2. time domain specifications-rise time.

hardness and ductility. under water welding. joint design. Atomic Hydrogen welding. Testing of welded joints: Destructive testing of weldments – Strength. plain steels and aluminum.Little R. welding equipments. One full question from each module has to be answered (3 x 20 = 60).C.Field of application of gas welding. Ltd. magnetic particle inspection. Cold welding & electrical resistance. Module II Electric arc welding: Principle of arc welding. Tata McGraw-Hill 2.Partner R. laser beam welding.ultrasonic dye penetrant.L. II and III. Joint design. Types of joints & edge preparation in welding process. Resistance welding processes-their principle. New age International Pub. welding of plastics. welding of dissimilar metals. thermit welding. Residual stresses and stress relieving techniques.M. welding equipment. filler materials & fluxes. electron beam welding. Heat affected zone. Straight & reverse polarity Principle. advantages. Welding Process and Technology . plasma arc welding.Radhakrishnan. gas cutting .spot. Part A shall contain 10 compulsory questions of 4 marks each. electrode coding. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4 = 40). projection. ultrasonic welding. Welding Technology and Design . seam.P. & D. Oxy-Acetylene welding. Reference: 1. University Examination The question paper shall contain two parts. X ray testing procedures. Types of welding flames. Weldability of cast iron. disadvantages &application of arc welding. Non destructive testing of weldments . percussion and flash welding. submerged arc welding. Module III Electro slag welding.S.types .Khanna 5. safety precautions in gas welding . TIG & MIG welding. Welding Engineering Handbook . Thermal effects of welding on welded joints.505 L-T-D: 3-1-0 PRODUCTION PROCESS II Credits : 4 Module I Classification and general consideration of metal joining techniques-Pressure Welding Process. Welding symbols. Principle of operation. metal arc welding. Welding Technology .Rossi 4. welding technique. Soldering & brazing: Methods & applications. Part B shall contain 2 questions of 20 marks each from module I. Welding Engineering . Khanna Publishers 6. diffusion welding. A.O. rare and coated. Defects in welding – their causes and remedies.C. Welding Technology . welding electrodes-consumable & non –consumable. Part A and Part B.08. 55 . Microstructure of welded joints.V. equipment. Gas welding: Principles of gas welding Oxy – Acetylene welding.ASME 3.

Starting of three phase squirrel cage induction motor by star delta switch. V-I characteristics of diodes and zener diode 10. Static V-I characteristics of SCR 13. Load test on three phase slip ring induction motor 9. MIG welding.508 L-T-D: 0-0-3 ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS LAB (MPU) Credits : 3 1. Permeability and Moisture content. (Tensile. Drain and transfer characteristics of JFET 12. 08. Load characteristics of DC compound generator 4. Exercises on different types of welding .Grain size sieve analysis. additional resistance required in the field circuit. 3. critical speed. Bending.507 L-T-D: 0-0-3 PRODUCTION PROCESS LAB Credits : 3 Welding : Preparation of joints. load test on three phase squirrel cage induction motor 8.observe the waveforms on CRO 56 . Shear and Compressive strength). split piece and three piece patterns.506 ELECTIVE I Refer Elective Section 08. Half wave and full wave rectifiers with and with out filters. Load characteristics of a dc shunt generator. Inspection of castings. Exercises in making moulds using single piece. 2.Metal arc welding.determination of critical resistance. Foundry & Casting: Testing of foundry sand and sand mould. Load test on DC shunt motor 6. Determination of . TIG welding. Green and Dry strength. Load test on DC series motor 5. input resistance and output resistance 11. Hardness test. Load test on single phase transformer 7. OCC on a DC shunt generator. Melting & pouring practice.08. Exercises on testing of weld joints – destructive and non–destructive. Input and output characteristics of CE and CB configurations of BJTs. Gas welding and Resistance welding.

application. Angle gauges. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4 = 40). K. sine bar.Static and Dynamic characteristics of Transducers and Dynamometers.Classification. 2.08. Angular measurements using bevel protractors. Limits and Fits:. Interchangeability & selective assembly.601 L-T-D: 3-1-0 METROLOGY AND INSTRUMENTATION (MP) Credits : 4 Module-I General Principles of Measurement: Introduction Concept of Precision.Principle of Interferometry – Optical flat – Interferometers – angle dekkor Autocollimators. Optical Measuring Instruments:. Taylor’s principles. Part A and Part B. 57 . Co-ordinate measuring machine. Tool makers. CID cameras. A text book of engineering of metrology. Measurement system (Application and Design) – Ernest O Doebelin. spirit levels. ring.Systems of limits and fits. Mechanical and Industrial measurements. Module II Comparator:. clino-meters. Measurement of major elements of Screw threads and Gears.Allowance.Gauges tolerance and wear allowance. position gauges etc – merits and demerits.Strain Measurement: Types of strain gauges. Tolerance.Line standard and End standards – slip gauges.R. Reference : 1. Engineering precision metrology – R. accuracy. 6.I.methods of Least Squares.Surface Texture – Evaluation of surface roughness.Strain measurements by using resistance strain gauges and Mechanical strain gauges-types. Part A shall contain 10 compulsory questions of 4 marks each. Gupta. Optical. sensitivity. Concepts of machine Vision system – CCD. Module III Transducers:. Gupta 5.Microscope. Basic standards of length.Mechanical. Hand book of Industrial Metrology – ASME University Examination The question paper shall contain two parts. Gap. Jain 4. taper.Simple problems. Pneumatic. C.Simple problems. Classification of Limit gauge.Limit gauges design. Basic concept in static and dynamic measurements: Analysis of Experimental errors Gaussian and normal error Distribution.Deviation as per BIS (simple problems). One full question from each module has to be answered (3 x 20 = 60). II and III. Part B shall contain 2 questions of 20 marks each from module I. calibration. optical dividing head. Engineering metrology – R. Electrical and Electronic comparators. Jain 3.gauges materials. Surface roughness measuring instruments – Different types. K. Considerations. Snap gauges. C.plug. Surface Finish. Stress.

Free vibrations with viscous damping. Lasithan University Examination The question paper shall contain two parts.Porter.logarithmic decrement. V. Gyroscopes: Principle. four wheelers.TMH 7. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4 = 40). D’Alemberts principle. Transverse vibration – string.L.Force due to support motion – Vibration measuring instruments . Part B shall contain 2 questions of 20 marks each from module I.Force due to unbalance . Module III Vibration Analysis Types of vibrations – Basic elements of a vibrating system ..vibrometers – accelerometers. II and III. Natural frequency .Balancing machines. Charles E Wilson and J Peter Sadler .08.. different methods of analysis.Dunkerley’s method – Whirling of shafts – critical speed.Undamped force vibrations.. Part A shall contain 10 compulsory questions of 4 marks each. References 1. S S Rattan.. -Punching press – Dimensions of the fly wheel rim – Size of fly wheel. Torsional vibrations.Free body diagrams-Conditions for equilibrium. Kinematics and Dynamics of Machinery 3rd ed. Theory of Machines. Shigley and Uicker. Free torsional vibrations – Single rotor .fly wheel in different applications like IC engines. -forced vibrations. Theory of Machines 5. Pearson Education 4. Elementary Mechanical Vibration & Noise Control.vibration isolation and transmissibility.two and three force members.. McGrawhill 3. Dynamics of Machinery. Theory of Machines and Mechanisms 9. Balancing: Static and Dynamic balancing . air planes and ships. .Method of virtual workPrincipal of super position Dynamic force analysis: Inertia force and inertia torque.geared systems. Ballaney P.602 DYNAMICS OF MACHINERY (MP) L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 Module – I Force analysis: Static force analysis: Graphical and vector method. Mechanisms and Machine theory 8. . Mechanics of Machinery. Equivalent dynamical systems. 58 . Amithabha Ghosh and Malik. John Wiley 2. Ramamoorthi. Shaking forces and moments. Stability of an automobile – stability of a two wheel vehicle – Stabilization of ship. -Analysis of mechanisms. Part A and Part B.Balancing of revolving masses in different planes – Balancing of reciprocating mass – single cylinder engine – multi cylinder engine – V engines . Narosa 6.four force members. beam. -analysis of gyroscopic action on vehicles-two wheelers. Rao and Dukkipati. Flywheel analysis: Fly wheel. Analysis of mechanisms without considering friction.Two rotor. Theory of Machines and Mechanisms. Module II Governors: Types of governors – Watt .Turning moment diagrams. One full question from each module has to be answered (3 x 20 = 60). Holowenko. -Analysis with sliding and pin friction. Proell and Hartnell governors – Sensitiveness – Hunting – Isocronism – Stability – Effort and power of governor – Controlling force.three rotor systems – Torsionally equivalent shaft .

mirroring. 9. New York 3. Pearson Education.CRT. Khanna Publishers.Radhakrishnan and S.. Virtual Reality: Introduction.A. New York. Graphic standards. 3D modeling: types of models.parametric and features. functions of CG packages. Thomson Learning 10.. Simple problems with Axial element beam element. Benefits of CAD. Thirupathi R Chandrupatla and Ashok D.formulation of load vector. Data communications. Philippe Coiffet. concatenation of transformations. New Delhi.Hill. Introduction to Finite Elements in Engineering.linear static analysis. Tata McGraw Hill Publishing 6. Design workstation. CSG and BREP Techniques.Transformation of coordinates. B. Module II Computer graphics. Part A shall contain 10 compulsory questions of 4 marks each. post processing phase. Hardware and software for Virtual Reality environment. Part B shall contain 2 questions of 20 marks each from module I. surface and solid models. rotation. Hearn and Baker. Methods of defining points. CAD/CAM. automated drafting. Hardware in CADcomponents. Module III Introduction to finite element analysis-steps involved in FEM. Abbott.. 8. " Computer Aided Design and Manufacturing ". "CAD . Essex. arcs . Applications of Virtual Reality in product design. England: Longman Scientific & Technical. McGraw-Hill Book Company.F. One full question from each module has to be answered (3 x 20 = 60). Jr. II and III. Inc. Hidden surface removal algorithms – z-buffer algorithm. Solution of 1D and 2D structural and solid mechanics problems . Ibrahim Zeid. P. Windowing and ClippingCohen Sutherland line clipping algorithm. “Computational fluid dynamics: An introduction for engineers. lines. " Mathematical Elements in Computer Graphics ". User interaction devices. directed beam refresh. scaling. Prentice Hall 4. Isoparametric formulation. design Analysis. Daryl Logan. Ltd 6.Formulation of stiffness matrix .08. D.” Harlow. New York. Part A and Part B. McGraw. design review and evaluation. Design process – Application of computers in Design.. Computational Fluid Dynamics: The Basics with Applications.Adams. Data Exchange Formats. interfaces to drafting. Computer graphics software. Necessity for CAD. J. and Basco.603 COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN (MPU) L-T-D: 2-1-0 Credits : 3 Module I Computer Aided Design – Definition. Rogers and J.CAM Theory and Practice". Grigore Burdea.Preprocessing phasediscretisation-types of elements selection of interpolation functions. Mikell P Groover. D. CST element. R. A First course in Finite Element Method.D.geometric modeling. Computer Graphics. University Examination: The question paper shall contain two parts. M. Design Database. Sadhu Singh.Subramanyan.assembly of global equations-solution procedure. 2D and 3D Transformations– translation.wire frame. Interactive display devices. Virtual Reality Technology. LCD and plasma discharge displays. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4 = 40). Design for Manufacture. New Age Int. engineering analysis. " CAD / CAM / CIM ". Features of Soild Modeling Packages .Bresenhams algorithm. 1998 7. Anderson. Belagundu. John Wiley and son 5. 59 . References: 1. Prentice Hall 2. DVST and raster scan displays.

super finishing and burnishing –description. effects and elimination of vibration in machine tools Module III Hydraulic circuits. Upadhayay Sands and Shakespeare Geofrey Boothroyd University Examination The question paper shall contain two parts. hydraulic circuits for feed and cutting motion. Module II Unconventional methods of machining: principle of working . and tools employed. Burghardt Carry and Johnson Raghguvanshi R.and gear finishing.advantages and disadvantages. Gear manufacturing . broach construction. LBM. Powder Metallurgy 7. sources.604 L-T-D: 3-1-0 MACHINE TOOLS II Credits : 4 Module I Broaching machine: Description. pull. valves etc. thermal and thermomechanical compacting processes. forming and cutting. Work shop Technology vol-II 4. Powder Metallurgy 9.gear shaping . Powder metallurgy Manufacture of metal powders. II Gopal S.Mechanical.K Jain HMT ASM Vol. external and internal spline broaching. USM. Operations – keyway broaching. fundamentals of hydraulic circuits. Materials for machine tool structures. AJM. Machine tool operation 2. .type of pumps. their merits and demerits. ECM. Manufacturing and application of important P/M components. II and III. Broaching: Broaching machines: push. methods. EBM.principles of gear hobbing . Machine tool rigidity. Part B shall contain 2 questions of 20 marks each from module I. Powder Metallurgy 8. Gear generating. Machine tool drives-electrical.areas of applications and characteristics of the following operations. References: 1. Part A shall contain 10 compulsory questions of 4 marks each. surface broaching. Production Technology 5. hydraulic and combination systems . Fundamentals of Metal Machining and Machine Tools McGraw Hill. mechanical. PAM. 60 . surface and continuous broaching machines. One full question from each module has to be answered (3 x 20 = 60). covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4 = 40). Hydraulic copying system. types and specifications. Production Technology 6. EDM. Sintering mechanism. moulding. CHM. Finishing operations-lapping. Powder compaction .08.methods of manufacturing. Part A and Part B. Process Engineering 3. honing. Water jet cutting.

One full question from each module has to be answered (3 x 20 = 60). 61 . Design of Bolted joints.eccentric loading.Machine Design 5. Gupta Abdulla Sherief R. Welded joints. Part B shall contain 2 questions of 20 marks each from module I.Mechanical Engg. K. Design 2. II and III. Design of Machine Elements Jooseph Edward Shigly.spring materials – design of helical springs – effect of end turns – energy absorbed – deflection – design for fluctuating loads – vibration in springs – buckling of springs. Shafts-torsion & bending of shafts. P. Khurmi & J. Black Schaum’s Series R. Module II Design of . Part A and Part B.Propeller shafts. Goodman & Soderberg method –impact stress& strain energy. shaft couplings-design of rigid & flexible couplings. H.stress concentration in welded joints.K Jain M.types of joints. - University Examination The question paper shall contain two parts. keys.shear-elastic constants-safe stress-factor of safetybending& Torsion –combined stress-theories of failure –stress concentration –variable stresses-endurance limit-fatigue Factor –Combined steady & variable stress-Gerber.605 L-T-D: 3-1-0 MACHINE THEORY AND DESIGN Credits : 4 Module I Definitions-design principles-common engineering materials and their properties-stresses in machine parts-Tension. Machine Design 4.classification and uses of springs .Design of shafts for strength & stiffness-Effects of -Keyways.Design of pipes and pipe joints.Machine Design 3. Pressure vessels – air receivers – thin and thick cylinders – engine cylinder . Module III Springs. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4 = 40).cotters.compression. Machine Design 7.pins. Machine Design 6.strength of welds -fillet welds. Part A shall contain 10 compulsory questions of 4 marks each. S. Design of threaded fasteners & power screws.08. splines. Referances: 1.hollow shafts.F Spotts. Design of leaf springs.

III. Exercises on the application of Finite Element Method to engineering systems:a. a. Viva – 20 marks. II. 3. Part B – 40 marks from Assembly and/or Analysis. pneumatic and electronic comparators 8. height gauge and depth gauges. 9. sine bar 6. Thermal analysis. Grain size measurement. 4. 08..08. Creation of assembled views of riveted joints.608 L-T-D: 0-0-3 METALLURGY AND METROLOGY LAB Credits : 3 1. The question paper shall consist of two parts. Structural analysis. Introduction to Solid modeling. Angular measurements using Bevel protractors. Cast iron. Measurement of surface roughness using roughness measuring machines 10. Exercises on modeling and assembly. b. Creation of 3D solid models.607 L-T-D: 0-0-3 CAD LAB (P) Credits: 3 I. 11. Heat treatment study –Effect on Mechanical properties and microstructure of Steels. cotter joints and shaft couplings.606 Refer Elective section ELECTIVE II 08. Part A – 40 marks from modeling. Assembly and Finite Element Analysis software. Slip gauges 7. Measurements using Universal Measuring Microscope 62 . Cast iron and Brass. University exam pattern: Duration – 3 hrs. 2. angle gauges. Measurements using Profile projector. b. Brass and Aluminum. Linear measurements using Vernier calipers and external and internal Micrometers. Flatness testing of surface plates using auto collimators. Microstructure study: Specimen preparation. 5. Exercise on comparators: mechanical. microstructure study of Steels.

Tata McGraw Hill Engineering Management . 4. Part A shall contain 10 compulsory questions of 4 marks each.Asia. Layout planning.Tripathi & Reddy .Authority. Queing theory: Single server models. Principles & Practice of Management-T N Chabra.forecasting of demand-different methods (simple problems). M.Tata Mc Graw Hill Principles of Management . decision tree. project and matrix organization. Game theory and its applications. Module II Facilities planning:-Selection of site.Objectives and function . Sales management. One full question from each module has to be answered (3 x 20 = 60). modern and post modern management.Dhanpat Rai Industrial engineering and management: O P Khanna Fundamentals of operation research: Hillier and Lieberman Business Organisation & Management .factors to be considered – plant layout. selection.Decision making: statistical decision theory. fixed group technology layout. Pearson Edn. II and III. product. marketing environment. 2. responsibility and span of control .R.701 L-T-D: 2-1-0 PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT AND DECISION MODELLING (MPU) Credits : 3 Module I Evolution of Scientific management. Asia Introduction to management science: Bernaud W Taylor III. Organizational structure. 63 . Module III Quantitative techniques in management. Part B shall contain 2 questions of 20 marks each from module I.system concept of management – Line. Levels and skills of management. -Market segmentation-marketing mix-product life cycle.linear programming and its application in management.Principles and functions of scientific management. computerized planning techniques. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4 = 40). References: 1. 5. transportation and assignment problems . Basu . Dhanpat Rai (pub) Industrial Engineering & Production Management.C. University Examination The question paper shall contain two parts.08. orientation and training of workers – Industrial safety and health-Labour welfare –Industrial psychology –Labour legislation. 6. PERT – probability of completion. Formation of companies. Concept of pre modern. Part A and Part B. cooperative organizations and Government organizations. Marketing: Concepts. Line and staff.Proprietary Partnership and joint stock companies –private limited. process. 8.. public limited companies. Personal managementobjectives and theory – CPM – crashing of networks. Mahajan .Fraidoon Mazda – Pearson Edn. 7. 3. different types.

System modeling . Prentice Hall International. Mechatronics: Electronic Control Systems in Mechanical and Electrical Engineering. Bolton. Mair. Smart Material Systems and MEMS: Design and Development Methodologies. fluid and thermal systems. HMT. capacitive and eddy current methods. Ltd. New Delhi 2007. Tactile sensor. Measuring system for NC machines: direct and indirect measuring system.702 MECHATRONICS (MPU) L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 Module I Introduction to Mechatronics – Sensors and transducers: characteristics. Range finders: ultrasonic and light based range finders. Bearings: anti-friction bearings. 6. David G.Part B shall contain 2 questions of 20 marks each from module I. hydrostatic bearing and hydrodynamic bearing. hydraulic and mechanical actuation systems used for mechatronics devices. ultrasonic. Systems. Pneumatic. Wiley India Pvt. K. Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Ltd. University Examination The question paper shall contain two parts. J. Person Education. pressure sensor and gyroscope Module II Design of modern Computer Numerical Control (CNC) machines and mechatronics elements . McGraw-Hill Inc. Applications. Micro Electro Mechanical Systems (MEMS): Fabrication methods . Gordon M. Vijay K.. Aldatore. 5. Principle and types of force.. Robotic vision Image acquisition: Vidicom and charge coupled device (CCD) cameras. Resolvers and synchros. Varadan. Image processing techniques: histogram analysis. Adaptive control of machine tools. Force and pressure sensors: piezoelectric sensor and strain gauge. Histand. Michael B. Displacement and position sensors. input/output processing. Harmonic drive. Module III Mechatronics in Robotics-Electrical drives: DC. Mechatronics: Integrated Mechanical Electronic Systems. 7. Introduction to Mechatronics and Measurement Systems. inductive. Part A shall contain 10 compulsory questions of 4 marks each. USA 2003.08. New Delhi 2004. thresholding and connectivity method.. Person Education Limited. brushless. Vinoy. temperature. England 2006. Programmable Logic Controllers (PLC) – Architecture. Saeed B. References 1.. Vijayaraghavan. 3. electrical. Ramachandran. Mechatronics.Machine structure: guide ways. M. Inc. Case studies of mechatronics systems: Pick and place robot. 2. automatic car park barrier system. Balasundaram. One full question from each module has to be answered (3 x 20 = 60) 64 . AC. drives.S. K. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4 = 40).Mathematical models and basic building blocks of general mechanical.Working and applications of MEMS based accelerometer. John Wiley & Sons Ltd. Introduction to Robotics: Analysis. S. II and III. Part A and Part B. W.. G. automobile engine management system. vibration and acoustic emission sensors. development of simple ladder diagrams. Roller and ball screws. 4. UK 1998. optical.K. Industrial Robotics. New Delhi 2006. Proximity sensors: Magnetic.P.. Velocity and motion sensors. servo and stepper motors. Niku. New Delhi 2008. Gopalakrishnan.

. Features of CNC systems . Module II Group Technology – Part family. manufacturing (CAM) and integration of CAD/CAM. Pham. 3D printing. Groover. Solid Ground Curing (SGC). New Age Int. Accuracy and repeatability. Dimov. Groover. 2003. Adaptive control. Bosch. V. Sequential and concurrent engineering – Concepts and features. Carl Hanser – Verlag. 8. Marcel Dekker. Prentice-Hall of India. feasibility and strategies – Adaptive Control Constraint (ACC) and Optimization (ACO). interpolation and canned cycle. Information Science Reference. References: 1. Andreas Gebhardt. Raju. University Examination The question paper shall contain two parts. Xun Xu. 2001. 65 . CAD/CAM/CIM.Absolute and incremental. Industrial robot – Basic elements. accuracy and repeatability. CAD/CAM. tool compensation. Introduction to CAM – Numerical Control (NC). photogrammetry.. Munich. Inc.703 COMPUTER INTEGRATED MANUFACTURING SYSTEMS L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 Module 1 Product development cycle-Application of computer for design (CAD). One full question from each module has to be answered (3 x 20 = 60). Various activities in CIM -. 2009. Fused Deposition Modelling (FDM). selective Laser Sintering (SLS). types. FMS work stations. USA 2009. Benefits of GT . Integrating Advanced Computer-Aided Design. Non-contact optical methods for CAI – Machine vision. physical configuration and applications of industrial robots. Rapid Prototyping. Pearson Education. Part B shall contain 2 questions of 20 marks each from modules I. Coordinate Measuring machine and Systems. 2005. New Delhi. D. New Delhi. II and III. Subramanian. Manufacturing and Numerical Control: Principles and Implementations. benefits.S. John A. 2001 2. Mikell P. Mikell P. Prentice-Hall of India.concept. Production Systems and Computer Integrated Manufacturing. Automation.Elements of Computer Integrated Manufacturing (CIM) Systems – Product design to marketing. CNC. New York 1995. Computer Aided Inspection (CAI) and Testing (CAT) – Effects of implementing CAI and CAT. Simple turning and drilling programs only. identification. Part A shall contain 10 compulsory questions of 4 marks each covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4 = 40). classification. scanning laser beam. Radhakrishnan. structure of a process planning software. Mikell P. basic components and principle of operation.08. Part A and Part B. Co-ordinate Measuring Machine (CMM) – Working and configurations of contact and non-contact CMMs. T. Inc.Computer Aided Process Planning (CAPP) – Retrieval and regenerative approaches. Rapid Manufacturing-The Technologies and Applications of Rapid Prototyping and Rapid Tooling. Resolution. Rapid Prototyping (RP): Concept and methods – Stereolithography (SL). 3. P. preparatory and miscellaneous codes. S. Groover. 5. Springer – Verlag. 6. 2001. London. Process capability. Industrial Robotics.From product design to marketing. classification and coding – OPITZ and MICLASS systems. 7. Module III Flexible Manufacturing System (FMS) – Components. types.. S. DNC system – Definition. 4.

Coated tools.Merchants circle diagram-Influence of speed. II and III.Chip formation. Heat in metal cutting-Zones of heat generation.H 5. Theory of metal cutting .C Sharma 9.Black P.E. BUE formation. flank wear-Tool life criteria-Taylors tool life equation. Tool wear and tool life.ASTME 8. feed.Trent 7.Types and applications. HSS. Experimental techniques for measuring tool temperatures.various criteria for machinability index-Optimum cutting speed.08. Part B shall contain 2 questions of 20 marks each from module I. and depth of cut in cutting-related simple problems. embedded thermocouple.Juneja. Metal cutting principles .B. Module II Orthogonal and Oblique cutting. Effect of tool geometry in metal cutting. types of chip. crater wear . Fundamentals of metal cutting& M/c tools . CBN.Sekhon University Examination The question paper shall contain two parts.Carbon steels. classification of cutting tools.Sen and Bhattacharya 2.L. modified tool life equation. parameters affecting tool life-problems. Part A and Part B.C 3. and Diamond. Cemented carbide.Friction in metal cutting-methods to reduce frictionchip breaker. Principle of metal cutting .704 THEORY OF METAL CUTTING L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 Module I Introduction to metal cutting and metal removal processes.G. Tool manufacturing engineers hand book . and drilling dynamometers.Determination of shear angle and chip thickness ratio-Force relations. Shear plane theory. Part A shall contain 10 compulsory questions of 4 marks each. One full question from each module has to be answered (3 x 20 = 60). its importance.Wear mechanisms. Metal cutting .M .their characteristics and applications.S.Shaw M. Cutting fluids. Ceramics. Reference:1. 66 .ASA and ORS systems-inter relationship. Machinability.HMT 6.variables affecting the tool temperaturestool. Fundamentals of machining and machine tools . Lee and Shaffer principle.force measurements-Turning.Mechanics of orthogonal cutting-Forces of deformationshear angle.Boothroyd 4. Module III Cutting tool materials-Desirable properties of tool materials-major tool materials. geometry of single point and multi point cutting tools. Production technology .Stress distribution on rake thermo couple. milling. tool nomenclature. types. Dynamometers. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4 = 40). Production engineering .P. tool failure. Mechanism of metal removal-Primary deformation on shear zone and Secondary deformation on rake face.

wear tooth load. Standardization of speed &feedsstructure &ray diagrams for machine tool gear boxes-gear design & analysis. Ball & roller bearingstypes-static& dynamic load capacity-equivalent dynamic load-bearing life-selection of bearings. 67 .08. rams .saddles & carriages.K Mehta 2. Wear tooth load.Sen & A.C.705 L-T-D: 3-1-0 MACHINE TOOL DESIGN Credits : 4 Module: I General requirements of machine tool design – Design of spindles – functions and requirements – materials for spindles. Machine tool design N. helical gear. cross rails. Design of Bearings: . Module: III Design of machine tool structure-functions of machine tool structure and their requirements.model techniques.oil flow through bearings. Part B shall contain 2 questions of 20 marks each from module I. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4 = 40). bases &tables. Design criteria-materials-static &dynamic stiffeners-profiles of machine tool structures-basic design procedure in machine tool structures –design of beds & columns. Part A shall contain 10 compulsory questions of 4 marks each. Part A and Part B. Design of guide waysfunctions and types-design of slide ways-design criteria and calculations for slide waysdesign of anti-friction guide ways. Mechanical Engineering design Joseph Edward Shigly University Examination The question paper shall contain two parts. II and III. Principles of machine tools G. Module: II Gears-Nomenclature-Lewis equation –Lewis form factor-velocity factor-working stress in gear teeth-dynamic load on gear teeth-design of spur gear.AGMA standards-design of shafts for AP . One full question from each module has to be answered (3 x 20 = 60). bevel gear & worm gear-checking of dynamic tooth load. endurance load.GP & LP.Bhattacharya 3. References: 1.arms.Journal bearings-hydro-dynamic lubrication.petroff’s equation-Bearing characteristic number-Summerfield number-L/D ratioclearance ratio-minimum film thickness.

Measurement of Flat. Form turning 4. Taper turning c.707 L-T-D: 0-0-2 PRODUCTION TOOLING LAB Credits : 2 1.706 Refer Elective section ELECTIVE III 08.708 L-T-D: 0-0-2 CIM LAB Credits : 2 1. Study and exercise on Rapid prototyping (RP) Machine a. Surface milling c. Manual part programming for CNC machines using standard G codes and M codes 2. Thread cutting d.08. Study and exercise on CNC Lathe for a. Force measurement: Exercise on force measurement using a) Lathe tool dynamometer b) Drilling tool dynamometer. Cylindrical and Spherical surfaces 6. Grinding machines:-Exercise on grinding machines –surface grinding and cylindrical grinding. Tool grinding –Exercise on Single point cutting tool grinding. Making of a simple component. Profile milling b. 5. Pocket milling 3. Milling machine: Exercise on milling spur gear and helical gear. 3. Study and exercise on Coordinate Measuring Machine (CMM) a. Study and exercise on CNC Milling Machine for a. Drilling and Reaming d. 4. 08. Exercise on temperature measurement in metal cutting. 7. Study and Programming on a Pick and Place robot. 68 . NC code generation using CAM softwares. c) Milling tool dynamometer 5. Plane turning b. 2.

69 . The students shall present a seminar on a topic which is of high relevance to Mechanical Engineering. A report on seminar also shall be submitted at the end of the semester. 25% credit should be given for Project. and 75% credit for Seminar. which can be the preliminary work of final project.08. and submit a report at the end of semester.709 L-T-D: 0-0-2 PROJECT AND SEMINAR (MPU) Credits : 2 The Students shall do a project work.

Nuclear fission ) and Non – conventional ( Biomass. Part A shall contain 10 compulsory questions of 4 marks each.M and Wlliam. Energy Technology by S.E. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4 = 40). 3.Parulekar. Part A and Part B. 5. Energy from waste.C.08. Part B shall contain 2 questions of 20 marks each from module I. Hydro. Khanna Publishers. Fuel cells and Magneto Hydrodynamics) – Energy storage and Distribution – Electrical energy route – Load curves – Energy conversion plants for Base load . Khanna Publishers.801 L-T-D: 2-1-0 ENERGY MANAGEMENT (MPU) Credits : 3 Module I Energy conversion processes and devices – Energy conversion plants – Conventional ( Thermal. Handbook of Energy Audits by Albert Thumann.M by Fairmont Press Ltd.B.T. Croft by Longman Group Ltd. Energy Efficiency for Engineers & Technologists.Turner by Fairment Press Ltd. 4.Younger. Intermediate load. Energy plantation.Rao and Dr. Energy Management Hand book by Wayne. 70 . C E. One full question from each module has to be answered (3 x 20 = 60).E.D. II and III. References: 1. Module II Energy Management – Definitions and significance – objectives – Characterising of energy usage – Energy Management program – Energy strategies and energy planning – Energy Audit – Types and Procedure – Optimum performance of existing facilities – Energy management control systems – Energy policy in India – Computer applications in Energy management Module III Energy conservation – Principles – Energy economics – Energy conservation technologies – cogeneration – Waste heat recovery – Combined cycle power generation – Heat Recouperators – Heat regenerators – Heat pipes – Heat pumps – Pinch Technology. University Examination The question paper shall contain two parts.Rai.R. P. C.B. Non – conventional Energy Sources by G. Energy Conservation Opportunities (ECO) – Electrical ECOs – Thermodynamic ECOs in chemical process industry – ECOs in residential and commercial buildings – Energy Conservation Measures.J.Eastop and D. Peak load and Energy displacement – Energy storage plants.D. 2.

Introduction to concepts of Bench marking.Primary wage systems. Acceptance sampling and operation characteristic curves.essentials of a good wage incentive plan. Industrial Engineering & Production Management . selective inventory control techniques. Module III Production planning and control.Trade union – Workers participation in management.Economic aspects C-V-P analysis .Human factors in design.E.Functions of production control – Routing .802 L-T-D: 2-1-0 INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING (MPU) Credits : 3 Module I Introduction to Industrial Engineering – Evolution of modern Concepts in Industrial Engineering – Functions of Industrial Engineering – Field of application of Industrial Engineering Product Development and research. Six Sigma and Quality circles (Brief description only). Manufacturing vs purchase. Modern Production management .Introduction to Flexible manufacturing systems.principles of material handling. (Simple problems without using SQC table).process capability. Statistical Quality Control .Ralph and Barien 3.Martand Telsang – S. Khanna pub.Importance of planning – job.M Mahajan . causes effects of industrial disputes. S.O.Methods of eliminating fatigue. P.Psychological attitudes to work and working conditions .Value Engineering. Industrial Engineering and Management . batch and mass productionDetermination of economic lot size in batch production. B.Simple problems. Job plan. Inventory Control. TQM. Industrial Engineering .System reliability.Collective bargaining. Buffa.Destructive and non-destructive testing methods.Gantt charts. Types of material handling equipments.Development of designsprototype.Grant and Ieven Worth 4.SIMO chartPrinciples of motion economy – determination of allowances and standard time. References: 1.merit incentive plan – Merit rating plans.ILO 71 .Determination of economic life . Time and Motion Study .life testing-Bath tub curve. Quality control and Inspection.Dr. ISO.Statistical quality control and control charts for X and R.Dhanpat Rai 6. .Non monitory incentives. Selection and application.Method of providing for depreciation.08. 8. Industrial relations. Introduction to work study .Design function – Objectives of design. 5.Effect of Communication in Industry. Khanna 2.Micro motion study and therbligs. Kumar. Scheduling.Incentive plans. Module II Methods engineering: Analysis of work methods using different types of process chart and flow diagrams. Wages and Incentives. Plant layout and Material handling.Time rate and piece rate system of wage payment.Critical examination. 7. Industrial Engineering & Production Management .Job evaluation and merit rating – Objectives and principles of job evaluation. dispatching and follow up. Chand.down maintenance Replacement of equipments. Preventive and break. production and testing – Selection of materials and processes.fatigue. Inventory models -Determination of EOQ and reorder level.

One full question from each module has to be answered (3 x 20 = 60). 72 . Part B shall contain 2 questions of 20 marks each from module I.University Examination The question paper shall contain two parts. Part A and Part B. Part A shall contain 10 compulsory questions of 4 marks each. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4 = 40). II and III. tooling –Design of single point tools – Plastic as a tooling materials – Fluidized bed fixturing. combination and progressive dies. II and III. Jigs and Fixtures – Calving-Hoose 5. Die Design Hand Book – ASTME 4. Work holding devices for flat. Tool Design – Cysil Donaldson TMH 2. Part B shall contain 2 questions of 20 marks each from module I.Koraskove Mir. bush specifications. blanking and piercing tools. Fundamentals of tool design – ASTME & Edward G. Tool Design – Cole G. Metal Hand Book. Design of compound and progressive dies. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4 = 40). clamping and guiding devices. strip rolling theory.Elements of fixtures. Part A and Part B. Module III Tool for forging. compound. Fine blanking. fixtures for CNC machines. References 1. Part A shall contain 10 compulsory questions of 4 marks each. . design considerations. Module II Press work tools. load variation during blanking-Calculation of press tonnage for blanking and piercing. simple. Bending pressure-calculation of blank size and press tonnage for drawing. One full question from each module has to be answered (3 x 20 = 60). Embossing and Coining. Forces acting on single point and multiple point cutting tools. swarf disposal methods. Fixture for lathe operations. locators. Fundamentals of Fixture Design – V. bending methods.Design of drill jigs. 73 . stress distribution in rolling. round and irregular surface.ASM University Examination: The question paper shall contain two parts. Roll separation force and torque.B. 8. metal flow during drawing operations. types of locators. modular fixtures. CAD for tooling: Turret press FMS-Computer applications (CAD / CAM) in short metal press work – Quick die change method – Single minute exchange of dies. Bending and drawing dies: Bending allowances. broaching and welding fixtures.Rolling.803 TOOL ENGINEERING L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 Module I Jigs and fixtures – Necessity for jigs and fixtures . Design of drop forging dies. Jig and Fixture Design Hand Book – William and Boyes 6.08. Hoffman 7. 3. Types of dies.

L-T-D: 3-1-0

Credits : 4

Module I Definition of a product - Types of product- levels of product- New product developmentproduct-market mix-New product development ( NPD ) process- Idea generation methodsCreativity-Creative attitude, creative design process- Morphological analysis- analysis of interconnected decision areas, brain storming, synectics. Product life cycle- The challenges of product development- product analysis- product characteristics- economic considerationsproduction and marketing aspects. Characteristics of successful product development. Phases of a generic product development process – Customer need identification. Product development practices and industry-product strategies-time to market-analysis of the product-standardization-simplification and specialization. Module-II Product design- definition-Design by evolution- design by innovation-design by imitation factors affecting product design. Standards of performance and environmental factors. decision making and iteration - Morphology of design (different phases). -role of aesthetics in design. Introduction to optimization in design- economic factors in design-design for safety and reliability. Role of computers in design - modeling and simulation-the role of models in engineering design-mathematical modeling-similitude and scale models. Concurrent design Six sigma and design for six sigma. Introduction to optimization in design-economic factors and financial feasibility in design- Design for manufacturing, Rapid proto typing (RP) application of RP in product design. Product Development versus Design. Module-III Design of simple products dealing with various aspects of product development and design starting from need till the manufacture of the product. References: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Product Design and Development, Karl T.Ulrich and Steven D.Eppinger, Tata McGraw –Hill edition. Engineering Design –George E.Dietoer An Introduction to Engineering Design methods Vijay Gupta Merie Crawford : New Product management, McGraw-Hill Irwin Chitale A K and Gupta R C, “Product Design and Manufacturing”, Prentice Hall of India, 2005. Kevin Otto and Kristin wood, Product Design, Tehniques in Reverse Engineering and New Product Development, Pearson education

University Examination There will be 3 questions of 15 marks from modules I & II .Students have to answer any 2 from each module. From module III, answer 2 out of the 3 questions given which carries 20 marks each.


Refer Elective Section



Refer Elective Section

L-T-D: 0-0-2

Credits : 2

The Student shall present a Seminar based on industrial visits under taken from V-VII semesters. A minimum of four visits are compulsory. A report on industrial visits shall be submitted. The institution shall arrange minimum four Seminars on latest topics by experts from Industry. The student shall be evaluated based on the report on industrial visits, presentation, interaction, performance in the class and general awareness on topics of expert lectures

L-T-D: 0-0-5

Credits : 5

A project work of good quality should be done under the guidance of project guide(s) and a project report should be submitted. For internal assessment, 50% weightage to be given to the assessment of the guide and 50% to the committee assigned to assess the project work. For University examination a Viva-voce examination shall be conducted. Marks of Viva voce examination shall be based on the overall performance, Project report, Seminar reports, Subject knowledge and general awareness in the developments in Mechanical Engineering.


ELECTIVE SECTION LIST OF ELECTIVES (Electives are common to Mechanical, Production and Automobile engineering branches unless otherwise specified in the title) 08. 506 Elective I 1. Communicative English and technical writing 2. Human aspects of management 3. Disaster Management 4. Glimpses of world thought 5. Professional ethics and human values 6. Environmental Science 7. Advanced Welding technology 8. Foundry Technology 9. Environmental Pollution Control 10. Advanced Fluid Mechanics 11. Composite Materials Technology 12. Internet Technologies 13. Non Destructive Testing 14. Powder Metallurgy 15. Vehicle Transport & Fleet Management 16. Automotive Airconditioning 17. Two And Three Wheeled Vehicles 08.606 Elective II 1. Advanced mechanics of solids 2. New Energy systems 3. Object Oriented Programming 4. Nuclear Engineering 5. Mechanical working Methods 6. Artificial Intelligence Systems 7.System Modeling & Simulation 8. Instrumentation and control 9. Materials Handling 10. Agro Machinery 11. Total Quality Management 12. Precision Engineering 13 Advanced Manufacturing Processes 14. Material Characterisation 15. Micromachining Methods 16. Tool Engineering (MU) 17.Vehicle Body Engineering 18.Vehicle Performance And Testing 19.Automotive Fuels & Alternate Fuels 08.706 Elective III 1. Computer Graphics 2. Advanced Thermodynamics 3. Industrial Heat Transfer 4. Plant Engg & Maintenance 5. Fracture Mechanics 6. Marketing Management. 7. Entrepreneurship Development 8. Industrial Hydraulics 9. Finite Element Methods 10. Metal Forming 11. Machine tool Technology 12.Non-conventional Machining Techniques 13. Turbo Machines 14 Experimental Methods in Engineering 15. Mech. Vibration & Noise Control 16. Failure Analysis 17. Theory of Machining (MU) 18. Bio Materials 19. Concurrent Engineering 20. Industrial Automation 21. Alternate Energy Sources 22. Automotive Pollution and Control 23. Creativity, Innovation and New Product Development


Financial Management 10. Software Engineering 13. Research Methodology 19. Tribology 11. Advanced Kinematics of Machines 9.Road Vehicles 25. Design of Pressure Vessels & Piping 10. Nanotechnology 20. Logistics and Supply Chain Management 19. Automotive Technology (P) 21. Design of IC Engines 17. Propulsion Engineering 2. Production & Operations Management 15. Aerospace Engineering 3. Project Management 16. Advanced Decision Modeling 5. Continuum Mechanics 17. High Temperature Materials 22. Off. Creativity& Product Development 6. Computerized Materials Management 7. 805 Elective IV 1. Multiphase flow 8. Controls in Machine tools 9. Computer Simulation of IC Engine Processes. Non linear Dynamics and Chaos 6. Robotics 18. Industrial Safety Engineering 23. Random vibrations 8. Value Engineering. 806 Elective V 1. 15. Experimental Stress Analysis Techniques 2. Embedded System In Automobiles 26. Management Information Systems 14. Design of Heat transfer equipment 5. Industrial Refrigeration 3. Technology Forecasting 13. Cryogenic Engineering 14. Design of Cellular Manufacturing 22. 77 . Design of jigs and fixtures 7. Industrial Quality Control 4. Computer Aided Vehicle Design 08. Tractors & Farm Equipments 25. Facilities Planning 4. Product and brand management 18. Engineering Design 24. Automotive Aerodynamics 24. 12.08. Flexible Manufacturing Methods 11. Bio Medical Engineering. Rapid Prototyping 20. Thermal Management of Electronic Systems 16. Computational Fluid Dynamics 12. Surface Engineering 21. Heating Ventilation and Air Conditioning Design 23.

Technical communication. Preparing audio-visual aids. K R Lakshmi Narayanan-Sci Tech Publications. Oxford University Press.Technical proposals-writing a proposal –the steps involved. writing reports. downward and lateral-importance of technical communication. New Delhi. Wings of Fire-an autobiography APJ Abdul Kalam. Six short questions to be answered out of 8 questions from Module I. PHI. and journalistic articles. Vol. Basics of Technical Communication. 5. Effective Technical Communication-Barun K Mitra. mass communication-the flow of communication: upward. I &II. Business Correspondence and Report Writing.levels of communicationinterpersonal.ELECTIVE I 08. (30 marks).projects. Students should read the book on their own and selected topics may be discussed in the class.language as a tool of communication. Official letters-govt. essays.506. 2 questions out of 4 has to be answered from Module II. significance. Business letters-sales and credit letters. English For Technical Communication. Everyday Dialogues in English-Robert J Dixson.barriers to communication. organizational. APJ Abdul Kalam”. Listening Skills: Listening for general content. letters. (40 marks). Reports-types. Technical papers.Mohan K and Sharma R C. Writing Skills: Skills to express ideas in sentences.informal letters-essentials of telephonic conversation-invitationsminutes of a meeting.exposure to a variety of technical articles. 78 . letter of enquiry. (30 marks). 1.. References. condensing . Pearson Education. letter to authorities. Distinction between general and technical communication.features. Each answer carries 15 marks. Each answer carries 5 marks. Reading.Universities Press (2004) University Examination:. 2.. use of appropriate vocabulary -sentence construction-paragraphs development-note making-editing a passage and essay writing. Module-II Forms of Technical communication. Basic Communication Skills for Technology-Andrea J Rutherford. placing order. Module III A non-detailed study of the autobiography: “Wings of Fire-an autobiography by Dr.Intensive listening-Listening for specific information. Reading Skills: Skimming the text. graphic representation.Two essays out of Four has to be answered from module III. Job application and resume. Speaking Skills: Oral practice-Describing objects/situations/people-Role play-Just A Minute/Group Discussion. 4.dissertation. TMH New Delhi. 3. 6. letter of quotation. Questions to be limited to the topics Writing Skills& Basics of Technical Communication.thesis writing. structure and style. Speaking and Writing skills.1 L-T-D: 3-1-0 COMMUNICATIVE ENGLISH AND TECHNICAL WRITING Credits : 4 Module-I Listening. Each answer carries 20 marks.

Case studies. Motivation of person across cultures. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3x20=60) 79 . Resistance to change. Stephen P. Safety and health maintenance. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Motivation and Personality-concepts. Organizational Behaviour . Goals of organizational change and organizational development.506. Case studies.Human Resource Management .theories and styles. Module 3 Human Resource Management –Concepts and objectives. Organizational culture. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. types. attitudes and intelligents in determining human behaviour. Compensation policies.Pearson Education. Scott . Recruitment and selection. Module 2 Organizational development. 5. Group dynamics-nature of groups and group decision making.Pearson Education.08.Modes of values. Training and development. Performance appraisal. References: 1. Uma Sekharan. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.2 L-T-D: 3-1-0 HUMAN ASPECTS OF MANAGEMENT Credits : 4 Module1 Dimensions of Human Behaviour.McGraw Hill.nature and characteristics. beliefs. impact of culture in organizational behaviour.Tata Mc Graw Hill. Leadership –nature and significance . Concept of organizational climate-health and effectiveness.Transactional Analysis . Organizational change. 3. Grievance handling. 4. theories and applications . Wage and salary administration. Managerial leadership across cultures.Personnel Management . Perception.Conflict management . Concepts of QWL-strategies for improved QWL. Case studies.Organizational Behaviour . Robbins. Self development. Man power planning. Organizational Behaviour-Text and Cases . Fred Luthans .Tata Mc Graw Hill. Gary Dessler. 2. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Labour legislation.

Cambridge University Press. C. University Examination: Duration: 3 hours The question paper consists of Part A and Part B.08.506. Basic principles of disaster management. tsunamis.3 L-T-D: 3-1-0 DISASTER MANAGEMENT Credits : 4 Module I Earth processes and natural disasters-significance of earth processes. The candidate has to answer one question of 20 marks from each module. Case histories of important natural disasters. landslides and volcanoes with special reference to construction of residential buildings and public utility buildings.V. natural hazards. Human induced disasters. floods. Module III Issues in the prediction of natural disasters. land use practices and disaster mitigation. Information systems and decision making tools in disaster management. 3rd Ed. risks and disasters. 172. McGraw Hill Company Bryant. Disaster management in India.A(1991) Natural hazards. landslides and volcanoes. tsunamis. 4. GNOSIS. floods. Part A is for 40 marks. floods. Vulnerability assessment for earthquakes. landslides and volcanoes. There will be two questions from each module. New Delhi.E. Earthquake tips Ramakant Gaur(2008) Disaster management. Murty. P. 2..L(2001) Natural Disasters. 3. References 1. There will be 8 compulsory short answer questions of 5 marks each covering entire syllabus. Disaster mitigation planning of human settlements and townships for earthquakes. P. Abbott. Part B is for 60 marks.R. 80 . Module II Preparedness and mitigation measures for earthquakes. Integration of rural development programmes with natural disaster mitigation and planning. tsunamis.

new disciplines cognitive science . Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Prentice Hall 20.other centres of learning in the ancient world . Living With A Purpose 13. The Creative Life 9. Religion and Culture 12.determinism..the earliest thinkers .506. Sastras and Upanishds . The Story of Civilisation.The History of ‘ideas’ . South America .semiotics the science of signs. Recovery of Faith 16. Prentice Hall 18.theories of human evolution .poststructuralism. Ionians . History of Western Philosophy. Science & Scientific Method. Neo-Marxism and post-colonial theories ..Marxism and its social.Greek and Roman schools of thought Medieval ages &Renaissance . dialectical materialism . Dr Radhakrishnan S.Renaissance Thinkers .. Simon & Schuster 2. Decline of the West 8. Dialogues of Plato 17. Incars . October Revolution) .the great inventors and discoveries and their relation to human thought (Darwin’s theory and growth of imperialism) .Leornardo. nihilism. The Present Crisis of Faith 10. Will Durrant. Copernicus and Kepler .Ancient Period .The Dark Ages .Volumes .technology and revolutions .Life of Grees. Volume I to XII 6. Dr Radhakrishnan S. Theory of Knowledge. cultural and economic dimensions .East and West . Will Durrant. Human values in Engineering. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Dr Radhakrishnan S. Egypt. Dr Radhakrishnan S. Science .art and literary movements (school of paintings and other forms of reputation) .. Shaffer. Prentice Hall 19. (Excerpts) Oriental Heritage 5.08.Arts Vs..the science of ‘knowledge’ . Towards A New World 15. The Pleasures Philosophy. Dr Radhakrishnan S. Dr Radhakrishnan S. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.China. George Allen & Unwin 4.language.The Philosophy of science and the development of the Scientific Method . Dr Radhakrishnan S.positivism.. Philosophy of Mind. Alston. The Rise and Fall of the Roman Empire 7.theories of human betterment theories of social analysis (French Revolution.industrial and scientific revolution Module II The major schools of thought .definition and implications in the various sciences .the flowering of academic disciplines . Philosophy of Language.. Silmon 3.revolutions in human perception .structuralism . from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 81 . Edward Gibbon.4 L-T-D: 3-1-0 GLIMPSES OF WORLD THOUGHT Credits : 4 Module I Introduction . Our Heritage 11.Ancient Indian texts . Prentice Hall University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Sutras.current trends and issues . Chisholm..Vedas. Bertnard Russell.Mayars. post-modernism.some early Greek thinkers Anaxagoras. Story of Civilisation . Will & Ariel Durrent. True Knowledge 14. References 1. Koide & Sawant. Oswald Spingler. Dr Radhakrishnan S. Module III: The modern era .the great intellectual debates . culture and cognition . The Story of Philosophy. modernism and colonial theories.

Human Values and Professional Ethics. Types of inquiry – Moral dilemmas – Moral autonomy – Kohlberg’s theory – Gilligan’s theory – Consensus and Controversy – Models of Professionals Roles – Theories about right action – Self interest – Custom and religion – Uses of ethical theories. and B. ASCE. 2. International Encyclopedia on Ethics. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3x20=60) 82 . Chand & Co. 3. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. RESPONSIBLITIES AND RIGHTS: Safety and risk – Assessment of safety and risk – Risk benefit analysis and reducing risk – The Three Mile Island and Chernobyl case studies. John Ruth K. S.5 PROFESSIONAL ETHICS AND HUMAN VALUES L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 Module I HUMAN VALUES: Morals. Tata Mcgraw Hill. Module III GLOBAL ISSUES: Multinational corporation – Environmental ethics – Computer ethics Weapons development – Engineers as managers – Consulting engineers and engineers as expert witness and advisor – Moral leadership – sample code of ethics like ASME. IEEE – Institution of engineers (India) – Indian Institute of Materials Management – Institution electronics and telecommunication engineering (IETE) India etc. Mike W Martin and Schinzinger. ENGINEERING ETHICS: Senses of “Engineering Ethics”– Variety of moral issues.S. New Delhi. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Collegiality and loyalty – Respect for authority – collective bargaining – Confidentiality – Conflicts of interest – Occupational crime – Professional rights – Employee rights – Intel lectual property Rights (IPR) – Discrimination. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Jayashree Suresh. New Delhi.Chand &Co. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). References: 1.506.. S.08. Raghavan. SAFETY. Module II ENGINEERING AS SOCIAL EXPERIMENTATION: Engineering as experimentation Engineering as responsible experimenters – Codes of ethics – A balanced outlook on law – The challenger case study. Values and Ethics – Integrity – Work Ethic – Service – Learning – Civic Virtue – Respect for Others – Living Peacefully – Caring – Sharing – Honesty – Courage – Valuing Time – Co-operation – Commitment – Empathy – Self Confidence – Character – Spirituality. Ethics in Engineering.

Urbanization.Role of Government. D. Current Environmental Issues of Importance: Population Growth. Manjunath. Nitrogen and Sulphur Cycles.L. Fossil Fuel based.Water Resources. Prentice Hall of India. Environmental Studies – Benny Joseph – Tata McgrawHill-2005 2. Air Pollution. Public Health aspects. Environmental Science and Engineering – Meenakshi. Module II Natural Resources. In Part B. 6. Animal Husbandry. Legal aspects. Nuclear. Basics of Environmental Impact Assessment. Environmental Studies – Dr. Electro-magnetic radiation. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 83 . Environmental studies – R. University Examination: Question Paper consists of two parts. Solid waste management. 5. Mineral Resources. Acid Rain.2005. 2 questions of 20 marks each. Principles of Environmental Science and Engineering – P. 4. Climate Change and Global warming. Solar. Human activities – Food.Environment definition. Initiatives by Nongovernmental Organizations (NGO). Housing. Forest Wealth. In Part A. Text book of Environmental Science & Technology – M. Water borne diseases. Rajagopalan – Oxford Publication . Mining and Transportation activities. Eco system – Balanced ecosystem. Water pollution. Prentice Hall India. 3 REFERENCES: 1. Sustainable Development. Women Education. Automobile pollution. Industry. Water induced diseases. Hydrogen as an alternative future source of Energy. Module III Environmental Pollution and their effects.Carbon. Effects of human activities on environment-Agriculture. Need For Public Awareness. Anji Reddy – BS Publication.Effects. Economic and social Security.6 L-T-D: 3-1-0 ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE Credits: 4 Module I Definition. Noise pollution. Fluoride problem in drinking water. Pearson Education-2006. Material cycles. Venugoplan Rao.506.08. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Conventional and NonConventional sources – Hydro Electric. Environmental Protection.Availability and Quality aspects. Biomass and Biogas. Ozone Layer depletion. Land pollution. Environmental Education. Shelter. 3. 10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Scope & Importance. Energy – Different types of energy.

5.theory and Principle of Process. Weld Environment. Amar R. Module II Needle Arc Micro Plasma Welding . Equipment and Tooling. Joint Design Advantages. Materials and Applications. Limitations. REFERENCES: 1. Adhesive Bonding. Khanna Publishers.theory and Key Parameters. Laser Beam Welding.Characteristics of Process. Plasma arc welding: Plasma Arc Welding. 1979. Weld Quality and Process Control. Applications. Joint Design. Equipment. 1988. Advantages. Weld Penetration and Shape. Limitations and Applications.ASHE Vol .theory and Principles. Economics. Advantages and Limitations. Delhi. mechanisms and Key Variables. Economics of Process.. “Metals Joining Manual”. Applications and Limitations.7 L-T-D: 3-1-0 ADVANCED WELDING TECHNOLOGY Credits : 4 Module I Radiant energy welding: Electron Beam Welding.Background of the Process. Mechanism of Bonding. Economics. Advantages and Limitations.506. Deformation Welding. McGraw-Hill Inc. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.theory. 1998. 6. Economics Materials and Applications. Joint Design. “Welding Processes and Technology”. 6. Welding in Different Degrees of Vacuum. 3. Rossi... Key Variables. Fixturing and Joint Design Shielding. Process Variants.M. Joining of Dissimilar Materials. Influence of Process Parameters. The electric welder. Metallurgy of Welding. Vacuum brazing: Vacuum Brazing. Welding Engineering. Explosive Welding.S. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Vol. Parameters. Transferred arc and NonTransferred arc Techniques.ASM. Joint Design. Process Parameters. Equipment and Tooling. Applications. Equipment and Tooling. Materials and Applications. Schwartz M. Equipment and Tooling. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 84 . Udin et al. Ohio. Intermediate Materials. 7. Diffusion Welding. Operating Characteristics. ASM Metals Hand Book “Welding and Brazing”. Welding Engineers Hand Book.Basic Principles. Module III Friction and diffusion welding: Friction Welding. I . Metal Adhesive. Design. Physical Characteristics.theory and Key Variables. Materials and Applications. III and IV.08. Stop-Off and Parting Agents. Guns. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Equipment and Safety..II . Advantages. Disadvantages. 4. Weld Quality. Materials and Applications. Different Stages of Friction Welding. Teo goisky. 2. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.

dry hand moulds . Mechanisation in foundry – Elementary ideas of machines used for sand conditioning. plaster mould casting – Investment casting .506. References 1. Theoretical considerations – Riser shape and directional solidification – General considerations for risering – Bling riser – Use of chills . knockout and fottling .CO2 process –Graphite and ceramic moulds – Centrifugal casting – Continuous castings . core making . University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Principles of Manufacturing materials and processes. synthetic sand . core creating . covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Cores and core making – Purpose of cores – core prints – Types of cores – Core sand and ingredients – Requirements of core sands – Core sand mixtures – Binding materials – Core boxes – Types of core boxes – Process of core making – Core baking . Principles of Metal Casting.R. Moulding process – Hand moulding tools and their uses – Different types of moulding boxes – Green sand moulds . cement bonded moulds – bench moulding . steels and non ferrous metals – Composition . Module III Melting and pouring : Types of furnaces used for cast irons . Foundry Engineering. Howard. floor moulding and pit moulding . Loan moulds . 5. sand supply .Maintenance of sand properties for regular use – Sand conditioning .08. 2. Module II Moulding sands : Natural sand . Camphell. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. moulding . Russicof.Bhanga. sand mixing – General properties of moulding sand – testing of moulding sand – Ingredients for moulding sand . core reinforcing – core venting etc. 3. Modern foundry practice.colour codes of pattern .8 L-T-D: 3-1-0 FOUNDRY TECHNOLOGY Credits : 4 Module I Casting as process of manufacture – Its advantages and limitations Pattern making – Pattern materials – Factor effecting the choice of pattern materials – Pattern allowances – Types of pattern – Line diagram description and use of different types of patterns. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Gating and Risering – Solidification of pure metals and alloys in moulds – Factors affecting the nature and type of solidification – Gate and gating system – Types of gates – Deign of gating systems – Risering – Needs for risering – Requirements of a riser . Special moulding and Casting processes – Shell moulding . size and charge calculations – Details and calculations in Cupola charging – New developments in cupola design. insulators and exothermic compounds . plaster moulds .Special additives – Reliability of moulding sands . from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 85 . Hine and Resenthal. T. 4. Foundry practice.

effect of air pollution on men and environment . Definition. Peavy. Kenneth and Cecil F. Dun Dunnellers.Sources and control methods .Pollution thermal power plants and s nuclear power plants .C. " Solid Water: Engineering Principles and Management Issues ". 3. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. collection.Solid waste disposal. New York. (1973). “Fundamental of Air Pollution ". New York. Swart R. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. " Environmental 2.G.Theisan and R. Donald R. Mc Graw Hill.Rowe.Types of our air pollutants .9 L-T-D: 3-1-0 ENVIRONMENTAL POLLUTION CONTROL Credits : 4 Module I Environmental aspects . covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).Role of environmental engineer.Emission from SI and CI engines Evaporative emission control -Exhaust treatment devices . Tchobanoglous. Academic Press. References: 1.J. Engineering ".C.506. " Air Pollution: its Origin and Control ". Boubce and W. (1979). Characteristics and prospective . New York. Ikken P. Wark.Elaisen.P.W.Solid waste management generation.Warner.Control systems and instrumentation for pollution control. storage and processing techniques .Impact of environment . A. Metcalf and Eddy Inc. Mc Graw Hill. Module II Water pollution from tanneries and other industries . New Delhi. (1977). and George Tchobanoglous. 5. " Climate and Energy ". (1985).Wonter. H.Noise pollution and their control.Lowry. Howard S. 6. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Mc Graw Hill.Definition. Mc Graw Hill.Engineered systems for waste water treatment and disposal .Types and sources of solid waste . 7.Stern.08. and Zwerves. characteristics . from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 86 .Formation of air pollutants from combustion of fossil fuels and parameters controlling the formation. (1989). New Delhi. R. H.Environmental quality . S. 4. Module III Methods and equipment' for industrial waste treatment .A. " Waste Water Engineering Treatment and Disposal Second Edition ". (1976). Air quantity .

force and moment calculations (derivation of expression not required). Navier-Stokes equation for in-compressible flow. acceleration. Displacement thickness and momentum thickness. Potential flow past a cylinder. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. potential flow between two parallel plates. K Muralidhar .Streetor. gradient of velocity. 3.flow over an ellipse. Fluid mechanics 4. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. V. rotation. Elements of fluid mechanics. flow over a vertical flat plate. Schawartz-Christoffel transformations. Velocity.Pohlhausen approximation solution of boundary layer for non zero pressure gradient flow. zero and positive pressure gradients. Reynolds transport theorem. Module-II Derivation of Hagen Poissule equations for velocity and discharge through a pipe. Schlichting. concept of eddy viscosity. Advanced Engineering Fluid Mechanics 2. stress. H. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Module-III Boundary layer theory. Potential flow. Stokes hypothesis. complex flow potential. Gersen . G Biswas. s temporal acceleration. complex flow potentials for source. rate of strain. potential flow in a sector. vortex shedding. flow separation.conformal mapping. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 87 . mean and fluctuating components. derivation of continuity and momentum equations using Reynolds transport theorem. K. short notes of velocity measurement technique using (a) multi hole probes (b) Hot wire anemometers (c) LDV (d) PIV References: 1. Prandtl boundary layer equations. derivation of friction factor for laminar flow. favorable and adverse pressure gradients. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). vortex and doublet.Boundary layer thickness. Viscometer based on rotating annulus. Newton' law of viscosity. Blasius solution for flow over a flat plate.506. flow in a rotating annulus. theory of complex variables.10 L-T-D: 3-1-0 ADVANCED FLUID MECHANICS Credits : 4 Module I Description of fluid motion – Lagrangian and Eulerian approaches. sink. Vuan. Stream function.08. Couette flow for negative. equation of potential flow.L. stream functionvorticity formulation.Momentum intergral equations. vorticity. introduction to turbulent flow. convective acceleration. Boundary layer theory.

Manufacture. riveting and painting. Tasi. " Fiber-reinforced composites ". covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). P. 4. 7. Industrial scene. " Principles of Composite Material Mechanics ". Metal Matrix Composites (MMC): Metals. damage prediction. Chawla KK.506. Ceramic Matrix Composites Chapman & Hall 8. " Composite Materials. References 1.Classification of ceramics and their potential role as matrices. Properties of composites made and their applications. Technomic Publishing Company. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Reinhold Co.. failure modes. Monal Deklar Inc. polishing. properties and applications Polymer matrix composites (PMC):. carbon. inspection and nondestructive testing. 1982. New examples. Their characteristic features. Manufacturing methods for thermo set thermoplastic and elastomeric PMC.D. 1980. Tata McGraw Hill. Module II Fiber reinforced plastics: Reinforcement fibres:. International.Rawlings. properties and applications of CMC using fine ceramics. TMH. Applications.fracture mechanics and toughening mechanisms. Van _Nostrand.11 COMPOSITE MATERIALS TECHNOLOGY L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 Module I Composite Materials:. M. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. . Composite Material handbook. their properties-characteristics and applications. characteristics. " Stress Analysis of Fiber . Schwartz M. Lee. Post processing operations:. characteristics. George Lubin. VCH. S.D.Broutman. 1988. Whiskers:.M.Characteristics. 1994. F. functional sensory and smart composites. cutting. Micael hyer. Introduction to micro-mechanics-unidirectional lamina – laminar stresses– inter laminar stresses . New York-1 6. aramid) and natural fibres. B. John Wiley and Sons. Structural. thermoplastic and e1astomeric polymers. 3. plasma coating. Failure predictions . Properties and applications.Definition. bonding. by Stuart. " Analysis and Performance of Fiber Composites ". Advanced post processing methods like ultrasonic welding.static mechanical properties . 1994.impact properties environmental effects . Inc.Matthews & R. Introduction to Composite Materials. Chapman & hall.W.Mallicak. waterjet cutting and laser machining..K. considerations . Structure. McGraw HiIl. Module III Ceramic Matrix Composites (CMC):. Ed. History. Manufacture of MMC. Classifications based on structure and matrices.J. cement and gypsum as matrices. 2. 1998.Machining.08. 10.Reinforced Composite Materials ". Ronald Gibson. Engineering and Sciences ". Ultra structure processing of ceramics. welding of thermoplastic PMC. Agarwal and L. 5. Advantages and limitations. their properties. Inter-metallics and alloys used for MMC and their properties. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 88 . 9.. characteristics and utilisation as matrices. New York.. "Encyclopaedia of Composites (6 volumes)". London. "Hand Book of Composites". Quality. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.fatigue properties .High strength man made (glass.Thermo set.

Information Technology : The Breaking wave. Utilities – Document – centric computing . MODULE III The Electronic web – Network applications – Fax . File management .Co.voice and Information services – Person to Person and group communication – Exchanging files – Foundations of modern networks – Local area networks – Wide area networks – Links between networks – Device and Media Protocols –Dial up Access – High bandwidth personal connections.12 INTERNET TECHNOLOGIES L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 MODULE I Information Technology – Introduction – applications – The Internet and World wide web – the GPS. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. MODULE II Software – User Interface and Operating systems – Types . Word Processing & Desktop publishing – Entering and Editing documents – Other word processing features – Formatting documents – desktop Publishing for print and for the screen .Graw Hill Pub. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 89 .506.08. REFERENCES 1. Tata Mc. William Sawyor & Hutchingson. Ltd. Graw Hill Pub. 2. Spread sheet applications – Data base applications – Queries – Internet connectivity. and sales – Design . Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Marketing . IT in Business – Information processing – Transaction Processing – Computers for Management control . Programs – Programming languages – Programming methods – Programming Techniques – System analysis and design . Dennis P.This course is intended to provide an overview of fundamentals and concepts of IT useful to an undergraduate student in Mechanical Engineering only. Note :. Production and Manufacturing – Business on the Internet – Health Issues Associated with the use of computers – Computer viruses – Intellectual property rights – Computer crime – Cryptography – Issues caused by computers – Recent developments in IT. The Computer Systems – Types. Advertising . covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Curtin et al. Using Information Technology. IRWIN Mc. CPU – Memory – Input and Output devices – Inputing text and Graphics – Printing Devices – The foundation of Modern outputs – Printers – Secondary storage devices and media.Multimedia – Introduction – Tools – multimedia authoring Tools – Presentation device – Multimedia on the web.

506.Mcgomnagle.X-rays sources. Other methods: Acoustic Emission methods. Module II Radiographic methods and Limitations: Principles of radiography: sources of radiation. Electrical methods: Eddy current methods: potential-drop methods. In Part B. In-situ metallography. Metals Handbook Vol. Nondestructive inspection and quality control 3. McGrawhill. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60).08. Non-Destructive Testing by P. al. Non-Destructive Testing by Warren J. Narosa Publishing House. Ultrasonic testing of materials: Advantages. Measurement of metal properties. 4. Limitations. In Part A. Applications. field sensitive probes: applications. REFERENCES: 1. 10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Ionising radiation . 2 questions of 20 marks each.. Module III Magnetic methods: Advantages. Optical holographic methods. Electromagnetic testing: Magnetism: Magnetic domains: Magnetization curves: Magnetic Hysteresis: Hysteresis-loop tests: comparator . applications.bridge tests Absolute single-coil system: applications. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). University Examination: Question Paper consists of two parts. L-T-D: 3-1-0 90 . Halmshaw 2. Penetrant flaw detection: Principles: Process: Penetrant systems: Liquid penetrant materials: Emulsifiers: cleaners developers: sensitivity: Advantages: Limitations: Applications. Dynamic inspection. disadvantages. Non-Destructive Testing by Baldev Raj et.II. Generation of Ultrasonic waves. gama-rays sources Recording of radiation: Radiographic sensitivity: Fluoroscopic methods: special techniques: Radiation safety.13 NON DESTRUCTIVE TESTING Credits : 4 Module I Introduction: Visual methods: Optical aids. Methods of generating fields: magnetic particles and suspending liquids Magnetography. general characteristics of ultrasonic waves: methods and instruments for ultrasonic materials testing: special techniques. Acoustic methods: Leak detection: Thermal inspection.

506. properties and testing.08. Presses used for transmission. E.Gopal S. Module II Powder compaction: Mechanical. Powder Metallurgy-Thumler 4. Powder Metallurgy-Gopal S. Apparent density and flowability measurement. Powder forging. Method of size analysis and surface area assessment. Die design and tooling for consolidation of powders. Powder rolling. New methods of consolidation. 2. Cemented Tungsten carbide Production. Cemented carbides. Sintering atmospheres. II. Manufacturing and application of important P/M components : Porous bearing. 2 questions of 20 marks each. 91 . Advantages and limitations of these methods. Module III Theories of sintering: Sintering mechanism. Powder characterization: problem of size determination. 3. Liquid phase sintering and related processes. Recrystallization. sintering temperature and time on sintered properties. Powder Metallurgy-ASM Vol.g.Upadhayay. Roll of diffusion. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60). Powder Metallurgy-Dixtor R. 5. Pore emigration. Powder Metallurgy-Sands and Shakespeare. magnets. Blending techniques. In Part B. Pore-growth and coalescence. Friction materials and Composites. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). thermal and thermomechanical compacting processes.H. Metallic filters. Upadhayay 6. Electrical contact materials. Types of sintering furnaces. and Clayton.14 POWDER METALLURGY L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 Module I Manufacture of metal powders : Conventional methods and modern methods of metal powder manufacture. Isostatic pressing. REFERENCES: 1. University Examination: Question Paper consists of two parts. Effect of compacting pressure. In Part A. Purity of metal powders. 10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.

D. survey of rout. Basis of fares.. Organising Time and people. stopping places. town planning. Vehicle maintenance.Training devices and techniques . recruitment and training. procedure for obtaining permits. principle of transport.R. 4. 1989. traffic and administration).Trip leasing Module II Route planning and Scheduling: Sources of traffic. Faulks -Road and Coach Operation 2. straight and tapered scales fare structure .15 VEHICLE TRANSPORT & FLEET MANAGEMENT Credits 4 Module I Organization and management. duty of drivers and conductors.Evaluation of PMI programme – Work scheduling Overtime .Parts control . preparation of vehicle and crew schedules. McGraw-Hill Co. supply management and budget: Scheduled and unscheduled maintenace . Kitchin. administration. W. types of permits. 3. duty roaster.Forms of ownership.Basic principles of supervising. llliffe and Sons Ltd. Cost of inventory . procedure for obtaining driving license. "Fleet management ".Computer controlling of fleet activity .Methods of fare collection . 10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Motor vehicle act: Importance of motor vehicle act. management. effect of competition and control. 2 questions of 20 marks each. centralized & decentralized condition (Engineering. Management Training and Operations. 3-1-0 92 . 1984..Control of repair backlogs .Control of permits .Time record keeping . III Edition. Data Processing And Fare Structure : Fleet management and data processing .Energy management. determination of vehicle efficiency.Planning and scope . "The Motor vehicle Act ". from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60)..Bin tag systems – Time management . registration of vehicle. internal organization. calculating average charge. direction of traffic flow. " Bus operation ".Capital expenditures Classification of vehicle expenses Module III Fleet Management. 5. use of flat graph method. John Dolu. References: 1.Registration of motor vehicles . Rev. health and safety.types of driving licenses. Schedules and sections .Driver and mechanic hiring .Lists for driver and mechanic . Goverment Publication. duty arrangements. welfare. L-T.Data processing systems . 1992.Cost of options. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).D.506.traffic signs Constructional regulations .Preparation of fare table. Kadiyali.Software Model . zone systems.Budget activity .08.. use of vehicle running numbers. University Examination: Question Paper consists of two parts.L. third party insurance. In Part B.Driver checklist . factors affecting frequency. turning points.L. time table layout. checking efficiency of crew. estimated traffic possibility. " Traffic engineering and Transport Planning ".Limits of speed . Job instruction training . London.Breakdown analysis . In Part A.Balancing inventory cost against downtime .Licensing of drivers .

In Part A.Evaporator temperature regulator.L.Automatic temperature control . 93 . Reston Publishing Co Inc. 1978. Paul Weiser. Inc.Expansion value calibration .Manually controlled air conditioner Heater system . 1989. MODULE III Air Routing & Temperature Control: Objectives . McGraw-Hill Inc.D. 10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. 4. Gamines &Boyce L.Refrigeration and Air Conditioning 7.Condenser and high pressure service ports. " Automotive Air Conditioning ". Refrigerant: Containers .Evaporator care air flow through the Dash recirculating unit . F. Air Conditioning Service: Air conditioner maintenance and service .Diagnostic procedure . Prentice Hall Ind. Damkundwar . 1990. William H Crouse and Donald L Anglin.. References: 1.Location of air conditioning components in a car . MODULE II Air Conditioner .Testing the air control and handling systems.. Thermostatic expansion value .PArora .08.Refrigeration and Air Conditioning University Examination: Question Paper consists of two parts.16 AUTOMOTIVE AIRCONDITIONING L-T.Ambient conditions affecting system pressures.Handling refrigerants . 5. Psychrometry and air composition Adiabatic saturation and Thermodynamic wet bulb temperature Basic air conditioning system .506. MacDonald. In Part B. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).Controlling flow . from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60). Compressor components .Vacuum reserve .Heating System: Automotive heaters ..Evaporator pressure regulator . Dwiggins . Theodore Audel series.Air conditioning protection – Engine protection. 1990. 2 questions of 20 marks each. " Automotive Air Conditioning ". 2.Servicing heater system Removing and replacing components..Tapping into the refrigerant container Refrigeration system diagnosis .Automatic temperature control – Duct system . Leslie.Automotive Air Conditioning 6.Schematic layout of a refrigeration system. K. " Automotive Air conditioning ". 3. " Mitchell Automatic Heating and Air Conditioning Systems ". C. 3-1-0 Credits 4 MODULE I Airconditioning Fundamentals: Definition of Air Conditioning.Ford automatically controlled air conditioner and heater systems . Trouble shooting of air controlling system – Compressor service. Mitchell information Services.Controlling evaporator temperature .

Types of scavenging processes. Bryaut. Raymond Broad. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). " Motor cycle Engineering ". Lambretta . electronic ignition systems like CDI.08. Power plants: Two stroke and four stroke. " Encyclopedia of Motor cycling. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60). 94 . Scavenging pump. Electrical systems: Magneto ignition system. shock absorber systems. 1987. carburetion system and operation.506. mopeds and three wheeled vehicles. Irving. In Part B. Three wheelers – different types. engine ports. 2. classification. gear drive. high tension and low tension magneto ignition.. Front and rear brake links layouts. scavenging efficiency. London. microprocessor controlled ignition system etc.D . valve timing. lighting system. reed valves. Disc brakes.V. selective and progressive gear boxes. bearing system. MODULE-III Body: Constructional details of frames and front fork suspension systems. 5. valves and valve actuating mechanisms. merits and demerits. 1992. body manufacturer and paints & Painting methods Brakes.P. shaft drive and variable drive mechanisms and their constructional aspects. Wheels and tyres: Drum brakes. arrangements.E. Catalytic converters.. cast wheel. transmission References: 1." A practical guide to maintenance and repair ". Marshall Cavensih. 3-1-0 Credits 4 MODULE-I General Introduction: Motor cycles. 10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. different arrangement of cylinders. different types of synchronizers. New York and London. MODULE-II Power transmission: Clutches. Rotary valve engine lubrication and fuel supply systems in two wheelers. Tyres and tubes . accessories horn. multiple disc clutch. 4. Temple Press Book. 3. starting motor. 2 questions of 20 marks each.R. " Vespa Maintenance and Repair series ". centrifugal clutch. 1990.. necessities. 6. 20 volumes ". In Part A. comparison with battery ignition system. Case study of two and three wheelers: Salient features of modern two wheelers. " The Cycle Motor Manual ". 1989.17 TWO AND THREE WHEELED VEHICLES L-T. constructional aspects. Service Manuals of popular Indian two and three wheeled vehicles University Examination: Question Paper consists of two parts. London.. Disc wheel. layouts. Temple PressLtd. scooters. Spoked wheel.Different types . constructional features and types of oil seals. Disc types. mufflers & silencers.

Solid Mechanics. Principal stress and Principal planes. Planes of maximum shear. Engessers theorem. stress components on an arbitrary plane.1 L-T-D: 3-1-0 ADVANCED MECHANICS OF SOLIDS Credits : 4 Module I Analysis of stress. Advanced Mechanics of Solids. State of pure shear.A Kazimi . Maxwell-Betti-Rayleigh reciprocal theorem. Torsion of thin. strain-displacement relations–Principal strains and principal axes. Compatibility conditions. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 95 . Differential equations of equilibrium in rectangular co-ordinates. Transformation of stresses. Bending of curved bars (Winkler–Bach formula) Module III Torsion -Torsion of General prismatic bars. Castigliano’s II theorem.M. Straight beams and asymmetrical bending. Torsion of circular. Center of twist and flexural centre. T. S. Stress-Strain relations.H. Theory of Elasticity.walled tubes. Castigliano’s I theorem.walled multiple cell closed sections. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Torsion of thin. State of stress at a point. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Timoshenko and Goodier.S Srinath. 3. Rectangular stress components. Mc Graw Hill.ELECTIVE II 08. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Module II Energy methods. Torsion of rolled sections.T. Analysis of strain. References: 1. elliptic and equilateral triangular bars.M. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Plane stress and plane strain. Fictitious load method. Reciprocal relations. Membrane analogy.606. shear stresses in thin walled open sections.H 2. Bending of beams. Theorem of virtual work. shear centre. Torsion of bars with narrow rectangular cross-section. Analysis of stress in two dimensions.M. L.

Production.Sustained fusion reaction. Fuel cells.Applications.socio.08. Khanna Publishers. New York. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 96 . 2.Fundamentals and Applications.Wind turbine. Module III Wind Energy.Principle of OTEC systemsOcean wave energy conversion systems.Biogas energy. Isaac Pitman & Son Ltd. Hydrogen. 4.Thermodynamics of fuel cells.Solar thermal devices – Solar power generation. “Non.Introduction and Applications.Design and selection of materials. Rao & Parulekar – “ Energy Technology”. Coobme – “An Introduction to Direct Energy Conversion”. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Duff ice & Beckman. G.economic relevance. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.Fusion fuels and reactions.Resources.Thermal storage.Production and containment of plasma – Fusion – breeder concept. Principle of MHD Generators – Choice of generator parameters – Applications. Chang – “Energy Conversion”. Rai. John wiley & Sons. L.Design and construction. ‘Solar Energy Thermal Processes”.Wind forms.Solar collectors and Concentrationsperformance analysis of flat plate collectors. Geothermal Energy. Sheldon S.606.Thermoelectric effects.generator systems. A. R. Ocean Power. D.Biogas plants.Solar – wind hybrid. Module II Nuclear fusion.Energy resources – Geothermal electrical power plants – Non-electric applications. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).Selection of fuel and operating conditionsPractical fuel cells – The Redox cell.2 L-T-D: 3-1-0 NEW ENERGY SYSTEMS Credits : 4 Module I Direct Energy Conversion Systems: Basic principles of thermoelectric and thermionic generations.Merits and demerits.Principle of biogas production. Solar energy – Terms and definitions. Storage and Transportation – production and application of methanol. 3. Prentice Hall Inc.Tidal power.Conventional Energy Sources” 5. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. References : 1. Photoelectric conversion – Conceptual Description of photovoltaic effect – Solar cell – Materials and prospects .

“Java 2: The Complete Reference”. Tata McGraw Hill University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.extended security model .using JDBC . SAMS Teachmedia 3.Java servlets .CORBA . & Walrath K. Walrath & Huml Tutorial team. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 97 . covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).Java platform API .object serialization and Java spaces .working with 2D and 3D Graphics .JAR files .printing . Jamie Jaworski. “The Java Tutorial Continued: The Rest of the JDK”.input/output streams .RMI and distributed applications .network programming client and server Programs .Java applet writing basics .writing console applications utility and math packages Module II Swing programming .working with Java management APIS Module III Distributed application architecture .Java IDL and ORBs. “Java 2 Platform Unleashed: The Comprehensive Solution”. Naughton Patrick & Herbert Schildt.creating animations Java beans development kit .. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. connecting to database .3 OBJECT OREINTED PROGRAMMING L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 Module I OOPS and Java basics . Holzner S.using the clipboard .integrating database . Campione into web applications .notable beans . Java 2.developing beans . Servlets.GUI building with canvas .creating window applications .Java native interface References: 1.applet classes . Swings. “ The Java Tutorial: Object-Oriented Programming for the Internet”. IDG Books 4.naming and directory services .08.606.using audio and video .exceptions and abstract classes .working with swing components . Addison Wesley 2. JDBC & Java Beans Programming.JSDK . Addison Wesley 5. Campione.Java virtual machine .applet security . Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.working with remote objects .

606.08. References 1. coolant – Structural materials – Cladding –Radiation damage. Module II Boiling water reactor . Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Nuclear reactor Engineering –D Van Nostrand Co. Description of reactor system – Main components – Control and safety features . covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Module III Reactor heat removal / equations of heat transfer as applied to reactor cooling – Reactor heat transfer systems – Heat removed in fast reactors . moderator . from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 98 . Nuclear fuels : Metallurgy of Uranium – General principles of solvent extraction – Reprocessing of irradiated fuel – Separation process fuel enrichment . Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. D.Van Nostrand Co University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Nuclear reactor principles – Reactor classification – Critical size – Basic diffusion theory Slowing down of neutrons – Neutrons – Neutron flux and power – Four factor formula – Criticality condition – Basic features of reactor control . Classtone & Sesonske. Radiation safety : Reactor shielding – Radiation dozes – Standards of radiation protection – Nuclear waste disposal. S Glasstono. Nuclear reactions and radiations – Principles of radio active decay interactions of an ray with matter – Neutron cross sections and reactions – The fission process – Chain reactions – Basic principles of controlled fusion . Materials of reactor construction – Fuel .4 L-T-D: 3-1-0 NUCLEAR ENGINEERING Module I Credits : 4 Review of Elementary nuclear physics: Atomic structure – nuclear energy and nuclear forces – Nuclear fission. Source book on atomic energy –. 2.

3.– Deformation temperature – Rate of deformation – Friction and Lubrication.606. Richard Little.08. Metal Working Technology. ASTME. MODULE III Forging . References: 1. blanking drawing and bending – Compound and progressive dies – Computation of capacities and tonnage requirements for blanking . ASTME. Energy and power requirements in plastic deformation – Factors affecting plastic deformation. Principles of Manufacturing Materials and processing.5 L-T-D: 3-1-0 MECHANICAL WORKING METHODS Credits : 4 MODULE I Introduction : Elements of mechanical processing systems – Definition of mechanical working – Hot and cold working – Comparison with other processing systems . Elastic and plastic behaviour – Yielding and yield stress – Conventional stress – Strain curve and true stress-strain curve – Ductile and brittle behaviour – The flow curve.Rolling Metals – Fundamental principles of metal rolling classification of rolled products. Need for preheating. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Fundamentals of tool design. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3x20=60) 99 . 2.Need for heat treatments after mechanical working – Heat treatment methods – Furnaces for pre heating and heat treatment MODULE II Materials for mechanical working . types and sizes – Basic principles of draughting schedule design and roll pass design (simple examples ) Roll load and power required in rolling – Problems encountered and defects in rolling practice. 6. C B Cole . Tool Design. 5. Alexander Brower. Manufacturing properties of Materials. The Design Handbook. Extrusion and Wire drawing – Principles of product design and die design in forging – Calculation of forging loads and selection of hammers and process for forging – Design of extrusion and wire – drawing dies – Computation of power requirements problems encountered and defects in the above processes . Press working of metals – Description and classification of the processes – Product and die design for shearing .piercing and drawing operations – Process selection and selection of process problems and defects in press working . Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Cambell.A brief survey of the characteristics and composition of the common ferrous and non ferrous alloys and non metallic materials used for mechanical working . 4.

structured representation Module III Languages and programming techniques for AI . The Elements of Artificial Intelligence. LISP.L. Addison Wesley University Examination Question Paper consists of two representations and inheritance .streams and delayed evaluation .H.inference rules representation . Nilsson N. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.08.knowledge representation . system shell in LISP . Addison Wesley 2. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Artificial Intelligence .overview of LISP .pattern matching . Artificial Intelligence. Computer Science Press 5.the blackboard architecture Module II Knowledge intensive problem solving . Artificial Intelligence.model based reasoning . Harcourt Asia Pte.F.knowledge representation problem .propositional calculus .search .issues . Ltd.6 L-T-D: 3-1-0 ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE SYSTEMS Credits : 4 Module I Definition .introduction to automated reasoning introduction to machine learning References: 1. & Stubblefield based reasoning .nonmonotonic systems .reasoning with uncertain or incomplete information .heuristic search algorithms heuristics in games .conceptual graphs . Winston P.rule-based expert systems .statistical approach .structures and strategies for state space search .logic programming in LISP .606.history and applications .expert system technology .CLOS Introduction to understanding natural language .predicate calculus .complexity issues .fuzzy sets . Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.planning .search strategies .higher order functions and procedural abstractions .A.control and implementation of state space search production systems .recursion interpreters . Tanimotto S..languages . Luger G.. Tata McGraw Hill 4.A New Synthesis. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 100 . Elain Rich & Kevin Knight.J.

Law A. Simulation Modelling and Analysis. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.output analysis for a single model .simulation of simple job shop manufacturing systems . & Kelton W.types of simulations with respect to output analysis.S.concepts in discrete event system simulation .D. McGraw Hill International Editions 6.techniques for generating random numbers . uniform and empirical discrete and empirical continuous distributions .7 L-T-D: 3-1-0 SYSTEM MODELLING AND SIMULATION Credits : 4 Module I System concepts ...calibration and validation of models .issues in simulation of manufacturing systems ..Input modelling for simulation .08.L..components of a system .. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 101 . Deo N.system modelling types of models . Simulation modelling and analysis of manufacturing systems .output analysis for steady-state simulations . Modelling and Analysis of Manufacturing Systems.D.examples of simulation of single server. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). System Simulation with Digital Computer.confidence intervals with specified precision .Chi-square goodness of fit test Verification and validation of simulation models . John Wiley 3.A.tests for random numbers .batch means method..system simulation .G.initialization bias replication method .types of system study .output analysis for terminating simulations confidence interval estimation for a fixed number of replication . Gordon G.modelling world views Module II Random number generation .Monte Carlo simulation .validation of model assumptions and validating input-output transformations collection . & Standridge C. Prentice Hall of India Private Limited 5. Sadowski R. System Simulation.salient features of simulators such as WITNESS and ARENA References: 1.identifying the distribution using histograms .discrete and continuous systems . Prentice-Hall of India Private Limited 4. & Sadowski D. single queue systems and simple inventory systems . Askin R.R. Banks J.system design and system postulation . Third Edition.606.exponential.frequency tests .. Kelton W. Discrete-Event System Simulation. Carson J.random variate generation . Simulation with ARENA. Module III Measures of performance and their estimation .parameter estimation .event scheduling/time advance algorithm .steps in a simulation study .performance measures .objectives .. Prentice Hall of India Private Limited 2.face validity .the Kolmogorov-Smirnov test and the Chi-square test .system analysis .verification of simulation models . & Nelson B.sample size determination for a specified precision . WCB/McGraw Hill International Editions University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.Introduction to simulation software for manufacturing applications salient features of simulation languages such as general purpose simulation system (GPSS) and simulation language for alternative modelling (SLAM) .comparison of simulation and analytical models .W.inverse transformation method . Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.

8 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 MODULE.Identification of plat Characteristics. E.606. Terminology.Inferential methods.Routh – Hurvitz criterion.Transfer functions.Functions of Instrument.Temperature scales.Specification for transducers.Fleat monometers. Jain. Errors in measuring Instruments. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 102 .Angular motion.Rule of Block diagram algebra. REFERENCES: 1. Industrial Instrumentation.Flow transducers.Electrical type and mechanical type. Application and Design. Measurement of Temperature.Measurement systems.Block diagram.Fundamental methods.Types of transducers. Measurement of flow. Set point. 3. ** Electrical transformation.Force balance principles.Level indicator.Deformation of elastic members.Bridge circuits. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.08.Measuring devices and their ranges.Filled system thermometersAmbient temperature compensation. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). 4. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.Dynamic response – Analogues circuits stability of control systems. Force.squire root extraction. O Doeblin.Calibration. Variable parameter Analog type.Primary elements – Secondary elements. Sources of error.Static and dynamic Measurements. A. Pribanco.Calibration Low pressure measuring devices. Error distribution. MODULE – III Control system.Measuring system for resistance thermometers and Thermocouples.First order proportional and second order proportional elements.Boiler drum.Direct methods. Basic fixed point. D.Voltage and current generating Analog type. Considine. E.Sensing element: TypesSensors for motion.K. Time element.Nyquist criterion.Head flow meters. Measurements System.Ring balance – Impulse line layout. Process Instrument and Control Hand Book. Frequency and pulse generating transducers. Simple transducer elements.Area flow meters. MODULE – II Measurement of pressure. M. Mechanical and Industrial Measurements. Speed.Classification of control system. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.RotameterMeasurements of liquid level. R. 2.I Measurement: Aims.

L-T-D: 3-1-0

Credits : 4

MODULE I Importance of Materials Handling- Principles of Materials Handling – Principal groups of Materials handling equipments – General characteristics and applications of materials handling equipments – Modern trends in Materials handling . Lifting equipments – hoist –Components of hoist – Load handling attachments – hooks , grabs and clamps – Grabbing attachments for bulk materials – Wire ropes – and chains – MODULE II Lifting tackle pulleys for gain of force and speed – Tension in drop parts – Drums , shears and sprockets - Arresting gear and brakes – block brakes , band brakes , thrust brakes – Safety and hand cranks .Principle operation of EOT , Gantry and jib cranes – Hoisting Mechanisms , travelling mechanisms , luffing mechanisms – slewing mechanisms – Elevators and lifts . MODULE III Conveying Machines - Belt conveyers – Types , principal components of a conveyor and their purpose – Conveyor belts – tractive elements – take up devices – Special types of belt conveyors - Metal belt conveyors – Apron conveyors – Elevators , Passenger conveyors – Flight conveyors , Principal types and applications – Bucket flight conveyors – Cradle conveyors – Conveyor elevators .Overhead Conveyors – Principal types and applications – Overhead pusher conveyor – Overhead load towing truck conveyors – Load carrying car conveyors – Load towing and walking beam conveyors – Bucket elevators – Cradle conveyors – Screw conveyors - Oscillating conveyors – Roller conveyors – Hydraulic and pneumatic conveyors – Chutes – bins. REFERENCES 1. Rudanko, Material Handling Equipments. 2. Alexandr V ,Material Handling Equipment. 3. A. Spivakvsky and V. Dyachkov , Conveying Machines University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each, covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each, from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60)


Credits : 4 MODULE I Tractors – Design and Operating principles of Engine transmission and control systems – Working details of different types of attachment in the tractor –Tillage – Soil structure – Moisture – Temperature and aeration – Destruction of weeds and posts – Types of tractor plough – Life Mechanisms. Pumps and Spraying machinery – Types of pumps and their selection – Installation and working details – Regulating arrangements spraying machinery Spray pumps – Nozzles – Vibrated broom distribution – Spray materials – Types of field crop sprayers – Aircraft spraying – Dusting machines . MODULE II Earth moving equipments – Drainage Excavators – Ditching equipments – trench cutting machines – Bull dozers – Angle dozers – Earth scooper – graders – tractor winches – Road sweepers – Slurry scrappers .Working details of machinery like : Cultivators – harro weeding equipments – land levellers – seed drills – grass seed drills – Ridgers – Gapping or thinning machines – Manure distributors – Speeders – Lawn movers – Rotary grass cutters – Hay leaders - Silage and silage machinery – Winnowers - Combined clearing and grading machinery. MODULE III Machinery for milk production – Essentials of milking machines – Types of milking plane – Bucket , direct to churn milking parlours – Bulk handing milking bails – Milk cooling and serialisation – Cream separators .Testing of Machinery – H.P. Developed – other performance tests and testing equipments – wear testing , life testing – Tractor draw bar performance curves – Characterises curves for pumps – Maintenance Engineering – Servicing – check up – sparo parts – stand by sparo parts requirements – Service workshop – Organisation and management – Labour and Machinery required References: 1. Rodichev and G.Rodicheva, "Tractor and Automobiles ", MIR Publishers, 1987. 2. Kolchin.A., and V.Demidov "Design of Automotive engines for tractor ", MIR Publishers, 1972. 3. A. Guruvech and B. Sorekin- Tractors, MI1R Publishers Moscow, 1975 4. Geleman and M. Maskovin- Farm tractors, MIR. Publishers, Moscow, 1975 5. Smith , Harris Pearson & Wilkes, Lambert Henry- Farm machinery and equipment, TATA McGraw Hill Publications, 1977 6. Herbert Nicholos- Moving the earth. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each, covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each, from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) L-T-D: 3-1-0


L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4

Module 1 Introduction to the concept of quality - Small ‘q’ & Big ‘Q’- Total quality model – internal and external customer -TQM axioms Quality management philosophies: Major contributions of Deming, Juran and Crossby to quality management- Juran Trilogy, PDCA Cycle, 5S, Kaizen – Cost of quality- quality and cost-Characteristics of quality cost - Barriers to TQM Implementation. Module II TQM Principles-Customer satisfaction – Customer Perception of Quality, Customer Complaints, Service Quality, Customer Retention, Employee Involvement – Motivation. Quality planning: SWOT analysis-Strategic planning-strategic grid-organizational culture. Customer orientation: Customer focus-customer satisfaction model-customer retention model-Quality Function Deployment Module III Problem solving process: Steps involved in problem solving-Quality control tools: Brain storming-Histograms-Check sheets- Pareto diagram-Ishikawa diagram-Control chartsScatter diagram- Introduction to seven new management tools. Continuous improvement strategies: Deming wheel- Zero defect concept- Six sigma approach – application of six sigma approach to various industrial situations. Quality circles- Benchmarking- Quality standards – Need of standardization - ISO 9000 series – ISO 14000 series – Other contemporary standards. REFERENCES 1. Dale H.Besterfiled, et al., “Total Quality Management”, Pearson Education, Inc. 2003. (Indian reprint 2004). ISBN 81-297-0260-6. 2 L .Suganthi and Anand A Samuel :Tatal Quality Management, Prentice Hall of India New Delhi. 3. K Sridhara Bhat :Total Quality Management , Text and cases. Himalaya Publishing House. 4. James R.Evans & William M.Lidsay, “The Management and Control of Quality”, (5th Edition), South-Western (Thomson Learning), 2002 (ISBN 0-324-06680-5). 5. Feigenbaum.A.V. “Total Quality Management”, McGraw-Hill, 1991. 6. Oakland.J.S. “Total Quality Management”, Butterworth Hcinemann Ltd., Oxford, 1989. 7. Narayana V. and Sreenivasan, N.S. “Quality Management – Concepts and Tasks”, New Age International 1996. 8. Zeiri. “Total Quality Management for Engineers”, Wood Head Publishers, 1991 University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each, covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each, from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60)


. 1996. “The Science and Engineering of Micro electronic Fabrication”. Oxford University Press.L.606. Murthy. Module III Micro manufacturing process: Micro machining-photo resist process-lithography-optical. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. “Precision Engineering in Manufacturing”.micro motors . Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.R.cooling channels . “Nano Technology”. Norio Tanigughi. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 106 . Stephen A. diamond turning-micro positioning devices. “Understanding Smart Sensors”. Artech House.micro machines – structures .micro nozzles. REFERENCES: 1. Smart structures.12 PRECISION ENGINEERING L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 Module I Concept of accuracy and of machine tools: Part accuracy–errors. Dimensioning accuracy and surface finish: Definition of terms – dimensional chains – dimensional stepped shaft-assigning tolerances in the constituent dimensions-dimensional chains – concepts of precision machining-finish turning-boring-grinding. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). 1996. accuracy of machine toolsspindle accuracy.Campbell. Module II Static stiffness and its influence and inaccuracy due to thermal effects in the machine tools: Overall stiffness of a lathe-compliance of work piece-errors caused by cutting forces deformation in turning-boring-milling-heat sources-thermal effects-rate of thermal expansion.micro optics . Processing of materials-electron beam machining-iron beam machining-micro forming. Boston.micro dynamometer . 2.micro pumps . Oxford University Press. New Age International (P) Ltd.08. 1996. Randy Frank. materials and micro actuators: Smart Structures-smart sensors-micro valves-MEMS . 4.displacement accuracy-errors due to numerical interpolation-definition of accuracy of NC system-errors in the NC machines-feed stiffness-zero stability. 3.

Powder metallurgy processes: Methods of Powder production – Blending of metal powdersCompaction of metal powders. squeeze casting and semisolid metal forming-Rapid solidification for Amorphous alloys. slush casting. Muccic.R. Fourth edition.Lithographydiffusion and Ion implementation – Etching .AddisonWesley Publication Co. “Manufacturing Engineering and Technology”. Blow and rotational moulding of plastics-Thermoforming-Compression moulding – Transfer moulding – Foam moulding Processing of reinforced plastics and composite –Moulding – compression. Serope Kalpakjian. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) Credits : 4 107 . selective laser Sintering – Other shaping processes – Metal Injection moulding. Steven R.A. “Introduction to microelectronic Fabrication”. vacuum bag – contact – resin transfer – transfer / injection..13 ADVANCED MANUFACTURING PROCESSES L-T-D: 3-1-0 Module I Advances in casting: Newer casting processes . Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.Sintering – hot pressing –Isostatic pressing – hot and cold (HIP and CIP)..K. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.T. ceramic shell investment casting. Injection. U. OHIO. “Manufacturing Processes” John Wileys Sons. 1994.L..S.Single crystal silicon reactive etching (SCREAM) . Serope Kalpakjian. Schemid. 3.plaster mold and ceramic mold casting – vacuum casting – Evaporative pattern casting. pressureless compaction.. Jaeger R. 5.Finishing of sintered parts.F. Pearson Education. ASM Int.H. “Manufacturing processes for Engineering Materials”. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Filament winding. Rapid prototyping and rapid tooling: Introduction – Stereo lithography – Fused deposition moulding – selective laser machining – Laminated object manufacturing – solid base curing – Direct manufacturing and rapid tooling.606. Brahem. 1988. Module III Manufacturing processes for MEMS: Introduction to MEMS – semiconductors and silicon – crystal growing and wafer preparation –Films and film deposition – Oxidation. Third Edition. Amstead B. Ostwald Phylips and Bageman. 6. 4. 1995.silicon micro machining by single step plasma etching (SIMPLE) – Etching combined with fusion bonding – LIGA micro fabrication process – Solid free form fabrication.. “Plastic Processing Technology”. I.08. Addision-Wesley.wet etching – dry etching – wire bonding and packaging – printed circuit boards – Micro machining – Bulk micro machining – surface micro machining.C. “Advanced machining”.. REFERENCES 1.Smith. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. E.1989. Materials park. ceramic moulds – spray deposition . 1987. Module II Manufacturing processes for plastics: Extrusion.. 2003 2.

Wesley publishing company. sample preparation techniques.Planum press Newyork 1996. Electron microscopy and analysis: P. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Particle size determination Module III Construction and working principles of transmission electron microscopes.Goodhew. elementary treatment of image contrast. Transmission electron microscopy –D. Chemical analysis by X-rays. Selected area diffraction. interaction of electrons with matter. depth of field and depth of focus. by a unit cell. Energy Dispersive Spectroscopy.14 MATERIAL CHARACTERISATION L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 Module I Scope of metallographic studies in materials science. X-ray diffraction.1970 2. Elements of X-Ray diffraction :B. structure factor and intensity calculations. Publishers :Taylor and francis. 4. numerical aperture. interference and polarized light microscopy. resolution and magnification. publishers addition . Understanding image formation. Bragg’s law of diffraction. Gifkins.J. Bright field and dark field images.B Williams and C.Publishers :Sir Isac pitman and Sons LTD . Stress measurement. depth of focus. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 108 . resolving power. particle size. Stereographic projection. reciprocal lattice and Ewald sphere construction. Scanning electron microscopy: construction.Humphreys and R. Effect of texture. Important lens defects and their correction. 3. Wavelength Dispersive Spectroscopy.) Module II Production and properties of X-rays. J. References: 1. magnification. principles of phase contrast. resolution of a microscope.D Cullity . quantitative analysis using optical microscopy (inclusion analysis. micro and macro strain on diffraction lines. Image formation. Optical microscopy of metals : R. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Scattering of an electron by an atom. modes of operation. sample preparation.08. 2001 University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.C . image formation. Bright field and dark field contrast. magnification. grain size determination volume fraction of phases etc.606. Indexing of powder photographs.Barry carter . Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Optical microscopy. Beanland . indexing of selected area diffraction patterns.

Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Module II Micro-fabrication: Bulk processes – surface processes – sacrificial processes and Bonding processes – special machining: Laser beam micro machining-Electrical Discharge Machining – Ultrasonic Machining. 4. Module III Precision Grinding-Partial ductile mode grinding. “The MEMS Handbook”. “Micro fabrication and Nanomanufacturing”.Micromachining tool design. Micro electro mechanical system fabrication: Introduction – Advance in Micro electronics – characteristics and Principles of MEMS – Design and application of MEMS: Automobile. and diffusional phase transformations. smart materials. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Madore J. “Introduction to Micro Fabrication”. REFERENCES: 1. micro scale transport – feed back systems. McGraw Hill. Sámi Franssila. UK. micromilling. Material properties. Structural behavior. CRC Press. 2004. microdrilling. “Microchip fabrication”.Electro chemical Machining.Future of MEMS.Binderless wheel – Free form optics. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) L-T-D: 3-1-0 109 . CRC Press.15 MICROMACHINING METHODS Credits : 4 Module I Introduction to Micro System design. Mechanical micromachining: Theory of micromachining-Chip formation-size effect in micromachining-microturning.606. micro fabrication Technologies. 2. .08. healthcare. Aerospace. Electron beam machining. “fundamental of Micro fabrication”. Clean roomyield model – Wafer IC manufacturing – PSM – IC industry-New Materials-Bonding and layer transfer-devices. sensing methods. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. CRC Press.. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. its connection to molecular structure and its consequences on macroscopic properties – Phase transformations in crystalline solids including marten site. Mohamed Gad-el-Hak. Jackson. ferroelectric.Ultraprecision grinding.Bulk Micro Machining-LIGA – Microsystems packaging.Materials for MEMS – MEMS fabrication. Mark J.. Micromechanics: Microstructure of materials. John Wiley and sons Ltd. 2004. 2006. twinning and domain patterns. defence. 5. 2006. industrial properties etc. 3. 2002. Peter Van Zant.

Types of locators clamping . milling fixtures. flexible fixtures . bush specifications. modular fixtures . Fixture for lathe operations. coining . Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Edward G. forming . Fine blanking . MODULE II Press work tools .. metal flow during drawing operations .16 TOOL ENGINEERING (MU) L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 MODULE I Jigs and fixtures – Necessity for jigs and fixtures – Elements of fixtures .TMH 2. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. striper . Work holding devices different types – Design of drill jigs . Fundamentals of tool design. 3. knecleant plates .Koraskove Mir. strap layout . MODULE III CAD for tooling :-Turret press FMS – Computer applications (CAD /CAM) in short metal press work – Quick die change method – Single minute exchange of dies – group tooling – Design of single point tools – Plastic as a tooling materials – Fluidised bed fixturing. compound die . forming dies – Embossing . 4. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Load variation during blanking – Reduction of cutting load stock step . Fundamentals of Fixture Design. press cycle . fixtures for CNC machines . simple die . Blanking and piercing tools . from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 110 . Types of dies . Design considerations .606.08. advantages – sheet metal bending –Bending dies . Jig and Fixture Design Hand Book.Hoffman. V. Tool Design. William and Boyes. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Cysil Donaldson. References: 1. locators . progressive die .

Quick and dirty mock ups. Body design: coach and bus body styles. Pauloski. Robert Scharff & James. & MR body structure details MODULE-II Ergonomics method and tool to promote occupant accommodation: standards guidelines and recommendations. body bay systems (flexi-force). Competitive race testing. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 111 .Vehicle Body Engineering 2. The role of endurance and durability studies in the manufacturing of vehicles. Mechanical and physical properties of automotive materials. Structure and manufacturing technology of automotive materials. warning and instructions. operation of conventional Porto power. Anthropometry. operation of dozers. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. general repair techniques. in-floor systems. Crash testing: Human testing. George A Peters & Barbara J. importance of avoiding failures MODULE-III Introduction to vehicle safety: Basic concept of vehicle safety-underlying principles.I. Peters. shielding. Hutchinson 4. Compliance testing. Fairbrother – Principles and practice of Vehicle body repair. passenger car body styles. J. Chassis design and analysis: chasis type. 2-dimentional manikins.17 VEHICLE BODY ENGINEERING L-T.. Painting: Corrosion and anticorrosion method .D. typical layout of commercial vehicle types. Delmar Publishers 3.Paint and painting process Diagnosing major collision damage: impact and its effect on a vehicle. S. FF. Minor auto body repairs: types of body fillers and its application. Body alignment. the dozer technique. Pune 7. :Introduction. vehicle seating configuration(based on SAE). Porto power. typical layout of bus and coach bodies. FR.T. unitized frame and body construction. structural analysis by simple structural surface method. Component testing. interlocking. Failure and reliability. Crash worthiness. Julian happian-smith An introduction to modern vehicle design-SAE 2004 University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.E. Paul Browne.Auto care manual 6. Page. package drawing. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). determining the conditions of the collision.Automotive vehicle safety-SAE 2002 8. repairing rust damage.Duffy – Motor Auto body repair.Body Engineering 5.R.Part I and Part H C. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. 3-1-0 Credits 4 MODULE-I Modern materials for vehicle design: Introduction. Testing and failure prediction.straightening equipment. Material selection for automotive components.606.P. Redesign of bus bodies. body frame construction.08. safety factors. chainless anchoring systems References: 1.

Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. wheel balancing. transmission noises. eddy current etc.831814. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. performance. Operation of full load and part conditions. combustion noise. automotive noise criteria. sources of vehicle noiseintake and exhaust consumption in conventional automobiles. 1995 University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Road and track testing: Initial inspection. engine running in and durability. mechanical noise.820346. effect of vehicle condition.II Noise vibration and Harshness: Review of vibration fundamentals. handling and ride characteristics. head light alignment testing. W. vibration control. smoke meter. Crouse and L. 2004 6. 3-1-0 112 . J. road testing. 2009 4. infrared gas analyzers. brake testing on the road. Initial free services. brake squeal.08. noise from auxiliaries.820367. fundamentals of acoustics. SAE Transaction papers. tyre and road condition and traffic condition and driving habits on fuel economy.hydraulic. intensive driving.606. N.side slip testers. Giles. McGraw Hill Book Co. G. CAFÉ standards.Vehicle operation and performance. exhaust gas analyzers various types. Wildlife Publications. vehicle testing lanes .820371 and 820375 5. noise control methods.Motor vehicle inspection. London. Dr. hill climbing. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) L-T. emission and fuel economy. 1969 2. engine analyzers. structure noise..D. IHP. PDI. different types of dynamometers. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Measurement of BHP. Julian Happian-Smith – An introduction to vehicle design – SAE. Advanced automotive technology – visions of a super efficient family car. Standard noise measurement methods. 1978 3.for petrol and diesel engines.Giri. Noise inside and outside the vehicle. mechanism of corrosion.Orsat apparatus. three chamber corrosion testing.18 VEHICLE PERFORMANCE AND TESTING Credits 4 MODULE-I Laboratory testing: Basic engine parameters. MODULE.technical paper OTA-ETI-638. Engine testing on dynamometers. H.Automotive technology – Khanna publishers. Vehicle testing on chassis dynamometers: two wheel & four wheel dynamometers. test tracks. FIP calibrating and testing. wind noises.K. safety. wheel alignment testing. brake testers. Anglin. References: 1. wind tunnel testing. human response to sound. MODULE-III Vehicle performance: Methods for evaluating vehicle performance. maximum speed and acceleration.

T. alkylation.E85 Alternate fuels for Diesel engines: Alcohols as diesel fuels.D.606.K. SAE 7. khanna publications 3. alcohol gasoline fuel blends-gasohol. structure of petroleum. vegetable oils as diesel fuels. Module-III Alternate fuels: Alcohols for SI engines. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 113 . handling & storage-properties of diesel. manufacture of ethanol. SAE INC. 5.petroleum fuels. effect of volatility on engine performance-ASTM distillation curve. David Powell and Richard P. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.N Vezgirigiu. knock rating of SI engine fuels. advantages of gaseous fuels. dual fuel and multi fuel application. winter and summer gasoline. T. diesel blends. cleanliness. Indian standard for gasoline. engine modifications to run on gaseous fuels. cetane number.volumetric and gravimetric analysis.Automobile technology. reforming & blending. Dhanpatrai publications 2.The Automobile technology and society Printice Hall. catalytic cracking.N. References: 1. smooth and efficient burning – volatility. Fuels for SI engines: Requirements of an Ideal gasoline. ignition quality.08. volatility of liquid fuels. a/f ratio. chemical & combustion properties of IC engine fuels. Bechtold. Indian specification for biodiesel.manufacture of methanol. sensitivity & performance number. engine performance with pure alcohols. comparison of properties of alcohols and gasoline as SI engine fuels. air requirement.Alternate fuels guide book. natural gas – CNG and LNG. non. products of refining process. fuel additives.Alternate liquid fuels Willey Eastern Ltd 8. Warrendale. straight vegetable oils and biodiesels. 1991 4. Richard L.Alternative energy sources University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Gaseous fuels: LPG as an IC engine fuel. octane number and octane number requirement. Isomerisation. Energy research group. gasoline blends. Mathur & Sharma – IC engines. producer gas. SAE 6. performance properties of engines with biodiesel. diesel index. biogas. Dr. K. numerical examples. petroleum refining process-thermal cracking. Brennan. Garrett: Automotive fuels system.Automotive Fuels reference book. Keeith Owen & Trevor Colley .Giri. Module-II Diesel engine fuels: Requirements for diesel fuel. 3-1-0 AUTOMOTIVE FUELS & ALTERNATE FUELS Credits 4 Module-I Introduction: Physical. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Indian standard for diesel. polymerisation. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.19 L-T.

Surface of revolution – Sweep surfaces. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 114 .Circle generation algorithms – text generation.Graphic standards.Spline curves ..1 COMPUTER GRAPHICS L-T-D: 3-1-0 ` Credits : 4 Module – I Introduction to computer Graphics. Z-Buffer algorithm . covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).706.H Adams : Mathematical Elements of Computer Graphics . Windowing. Rogers & J. Projections . Graphic primitives. Clipping of polygons. Scan Line algorithm for curved surfaces. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. B. Polygon filling Module – II Transformation: Simple problems on 3D transformations and applications. References : 1. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. David F. Description of graphic devices . Cohen-Sutherland outcode algorithm. Computer Graphics and 3D Modelling for engineers. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. 2. Second Edition. 2nd Edition. Clipping. Computer Graphics.ELECTIVE III 08. 4. Vera B Anand. NURBS etc. Solid modeling techniques etc. McGraw Hill International Editions. Polygons. Hidden line and hidden surfaces . Colour graphic display techniques. Steven Harrington. Mathematical formulation on Surface description and generation. Viewing transformations. Donald Hearn & M.Perspective geometry – Orthographic and Oblique projections – perspective transformations. Module – III Mathematical formulations on: Plane curves – Non parametric curves – space curves – Representation of space curves – cubic spline – Bezier curves . SutherlandHodgman Algorithm. Prentice Hall of India Private Ltd 3. McGraw Hill International Editions. Pauline Baker : Computer Graphics. Fractals. quadric surfaces. Second Edition.

MODULE II Statistical thermodynamics – Fundamentals of statistical inference – Probability and frequency stirling’s approximation . Thermodynamics. MODULE III Bose – Einstein Fermi – Direct and Maxwell – Boltzmann statistics – Partition function and its relation to microscopic properties of an ideal gas – Translational . variance . Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. REFERENCES 1. Expected value . Specific heat and thermal conductivity . Mean free path of molecules – Distribution of mean free path – Maxwell . rotational and vibrational partition functions – Thermodynamic probability and entropy thermodynamic properties of perfect diatomic gases.2 ADVANCED THERMODYNAMICS Credits : 4 MODULE I Review of the fundamentals of classical thermodynamics – Multi phase and multi component systems – Free energy functions – Applications of free energy functions to phase changes – Clausius – Clayperon equations – Binary systems containing liquid and solid phases.08. 2. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Thermodynamics.P. elements of quantum statistics and quantum mechanics – The Schrodingar waves equation – Heisenburg uncertainty principle – Phase space – Quantum energy states . Evaluation of distribution – Constants – Principle of equipartition of energy – Degree of freedom – Viscosity .Holman. Kennath Wark. heat of formation . covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). heat of reaction – Adiabatic flame temperature entropy changes for reacting mixtures – Chemical equilibrium – Equilibrium criteria – Evaluation of equilibrium constants and equilibrium composition – Simple numerical solutions . University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Thermostatics and Thermodynamics. J. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) L-T-D: 3-1-0 115 .Thermodynamics 6. Van Wylon. Thermophysics. Thermodynamics. 4. 3. Thermodynamics of reactive mixtures – Bond energy . 5.706. Myron Tribus. Boltzmann law and velocity distribution – Maxwell’s distribution functions . Lay. Warren Giodt .

Hepking Vol . .3 INDUSTRIAL HEAT TRANSFER Credits : 4 MODULE I One-dimensional steady state heat conduction with uniform internal heat generation.Graw Hill 3. small particles. Mc. nucleation of drops at solid surfaces. Mc Graw Hill Book Co. REFERENCES 1. Lumped heat capacity system.Holman. Transient and periodic conduction (Onedimensional). Energy Equations – Significance of Prandtl Number .08. different hydrodynamic boundary layer flow regimes and flat plates – Laminar boundary layer on a flat plate – Momentum equation of the laminar boundary layer with constant properties – Internal Momentum analysis of laminar boundary layer . The basic processes of condensation – Liquid formation.International series on material science and technology .Convective Boiling and Condensation. gases in combustion products – Effect of an absorbing medium on the radiative heat transfer within an enclosures – Exchange areas for absorbing media.Nusselt equation for a laminar film – Improvements to the original Nusselt theory – The influence of turbulence – Condensation of horizontal tubes – Condensation within a vertical tube . cylinder with heat sources. General editor : D.N. low density heat transfer and ablation .Miller. John G Gollier . Plane wall with heat sources. droplet growth – Film condensation on a vertical flat plate .Drop wise condensation. Heat transfer. Simple analytical methods. 2.706. Determination of mean beam length – Particles in combustion products – Large particles.) (Description only). Critical heat flow in forced convective flow –Elementary concepts. Flat plate heat transfer – Conduction by integral methods (Simultaneous development of hydrodynamic and thermal boundary layer only) MODULE II Emission and absorption of radiation by an absorbing medium.13 University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. W. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).P. forced convection boiling curve saturated forced convective boiling in a round tube. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) L-T-D: 3-1-0 116 . Principles of Convection – Viscous flow . Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. J. Furnaces – Furnace geometry – Variation of temperature with time – Variation of temperature within the furnace – Representation of real gases – Heat transfer between real surfaces MODULE III Boiling heat transfer. The two phase forced convection and nucleate boiling regions. Use of Heisler charts. Elementary concepts of : Heat transfer in magneto fluid dynamic ( Transpiration cooling .Grey A. Engineering Calculations in relative heat transfer.

safety design concepts. Plant Engineer’s Hand Book . Module III Maintenance – types (corrective.Effect of moisture . Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.4 PLANT ENGINEERING &MAINTENANCE Credits : 4 Module I Wear –fundamentals and analysis – Classification – Theories of wear – Analytical treatment of wear .Causes of deterioration and obsolescence – Sudden and gradual obsolescence. Reliability Hand Book . REFERENCES 1.08. parallel and stand –by systems – Estimation of parameters for failure distributions – Maintainability -availability. accident prevention programme . – Deterioration and failure analysis – planning .CBM –DMS – TPM etc. scheduled. 3. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).selection of lubricants-lubricating mechanisms. Co. Industrial Engineering Hand Book . 4. Miller and Blood. Modern maintenance Management. Mc Graw Hill. fluid and semi fluid – Synthetic – General properties and applications – Tests and classifications – Additives-Testing of lubricants.Maynard . Co. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Replacement – Analysis of different models .Irason. Module II Reliability – Analysis and Concepts – Chance failure and wearout failure – Application of stochastic model for reliability studies – Reliability of series . from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) L-T-D: 3-1-0 117 . preventive. predictive and proactive maintenance).Mc Graw Hill Pub. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. fire protection-industrial noise-Legislations on safety in industry . Safety engineering. scheduling and controlling of maintenance work – organisation for maintenance.Mill Pub.W. D B Tarapur. gas and liquids on wear – Effect of temperature – Fatigue. Recent Developments in maintenance methods-RCM. 2. Wear prevention methods.G. Deterioration – MAPI method –simple problems .706. Lubricants – Solid .

experimental problems . from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 118 .706.stress intensity approach . McGraw Hill Book Company 4.influence of stress state on fracture behaviour Module II Energy balance approach: Griffith energy balance approach ..pipelines and stiffened sheet structures References: 1. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.the short crack problem Sustained load fracture: Time-to-failure (TTF) tests .effects of yield strength and specimen thickness on fracture toughness . covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).SIF solutions for well known problems such as centre cracked plate. single edge notched plate. Elements of Fracture Mechanics.expressions for stresses and strains in the crack tip region .state of stress in the crack tip region . Fracture Mechanics.crack growth rate testing . Sijthoff & Noordhoff International Publishers 3.08.fracture toughness of weldments .service failure analysis . Edward Arnold Edition 2.COD design curve . Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.crack tip plasticity .practical significance of sustained load fracture testing Practical problems: Through cracks emanating from holes .finite specimen width . Introduction to Fracture Mechanics.applications in pressure vessels .slow stable crack growth and R-curve concept description of crack resistance LEFM testing: Plane strain and plane stress fracture toughness testing .fracture toughness . II & III mixed mode problems Linear elastic fracture mechanics (LEFM): Elastic stress field approach .cracks approaching holes .practical use of fracture toughness and R-curve data Elastic plastic fracture mechanics (EPFM): Development of EPFM .prediction of fatigue crack growth under constant amplitude and variable amplitude loading .J.crack closure .influence of material behaviour . Wheeler Publishing University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.L.J-integral . Prashant Kumar.fatigue crack growth from notches .relation between J and COD tearing modulus concept .5 L-T-D: 3-1-0 FRACTURE MECHANICS Credits : 4 Module I Introduction: Significance of fracture mechanics .H.Dugdale approach . Elementary Engineering Fracture Mechanics.mode I elastic stress field equations .relations for practical use determination of SIF from compliance .shape of plastic zone .Irwin’s modification to the Griffith theory .Griffith energy balance approach . & Wanhill R.determination of Rcurves .superposition of stress intensity factors (SIF) . and embedded elliptical cracks Crack tip plasticity: Irwin plastic zone size .crack opening displacement (COD) approach .sub critical crack growth . Broek D. Ewalds H.corner cracks at holes .modes I.method of predicting failure of a structural component . Kåre Hellan.standard JIc test and COD test Module III Fatigue crack growth: Description of fatigue crack growth using stress intensity factor effects of stress ratio and crack tip plasticity ..

706.factors directed by marketing uncontrollable factors . Majumdar R.identification of target audience . & Namkumari research process .factors in advertising . analysis. collecting information. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.factors directed by top management . Text..demography.targeting and product mix variables . & Walker B. Module II Market segmentation and market targeting .determination of communication objectives .marketing environment controllable factors .need and scope . Marketing Research.J. Etzel M.perceived risks . Implementation and Control. Dhanapat Rai and Co.promotion mix evaluation . Stanton W. McGraw Hill International Edition 5. developing research plan. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Fundamentals of Marketing.Boston consultancy group model .introduction to segmentation .Brand management . Marketing research .research objectives. testing and launching of new products.sales promotion tools. Applications and Case Studies. social and Marketing planning .S.factors influencing consumer behaviour . economic conditions.consumer behaviour . New trends in marketing. Developing.. competition. Planning. 4.product life cycle marketing strategies for different stages of product life cycle Module III Marketing communication .6 L-T-D: 3-1-0 MARKETING MANAGEMENT Credits : 4 Module I Introduction to marketing . New Age International (P) Limited Publishers 6. Marketing Management: Planning.J.designing the message .advertising and sales promotion .marketing planning process .concept of market and marketing . Marketing Research.steps in developing effective communication .significance of branding to consumers and firms References: mix marketing mix variables. Robert.selecting the communication channels . Macmillan India Limited 3. Kotler P. Prentice Hall of India University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Ramaswamy V. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 119 . and findings ... T N Chabra and S K Grover : Marketing management. Marketing Management: Analysis. (Pvt) Ltd.08. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Implementation and Control. Prentice Hall of India Private Limited 2.J.

McGraw Hill survey and market assessment . New Venture Creation-Entrepreneurship for 21st Century.achievement motivation . Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.P..industrial policy .B. & Peters Irwin M.. The Dryden Press 5.A. Technology acquisition for small units .S. A Complete Guide to Successful Entrepreneurship..entrepreneurial decision process .. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 120 . Noid S. Deshpande M.creativity and innovation structure of the enterprise . Patel J.break even analysis and economic ratios technology transfer and business incubation References: 1. Pandey G.financing of project and working capital .managerial functions for enterprise Module II Process of business opportunity identification and evaluation . Dr Patel V. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Seven Business Crisis.08. Selections.G.time management . Finance for Small Scale Industries 9. Process and strategies for starting a venture . Rao T.venture capital and other equity assistance available . Learning Systems 4. Hirich R. implementation and growth.V.. Entrepreneurship...forms of organizations for small scale units ..project report preparation . Rao C.R. Essentials of Management.entrepreneurial competencies .understanding of entrepreneurship process .S.. Tata McGraw Hill 6.entrepreneurship and economic development .environment .study of feasibility and viability of a project . Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Prayag Metha & Nadakarni M. Developing Entrepreneurship A Hand Book.stages of small business growth Module III Entrepreneurship in international environment .D.V. EDII 8. Vikas Publishing University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Harold Koontz & Heinz Weihrich. McGraw Hill International 2.formalities to be completed for setting up a small scale unit .W. McGraw Hill International 7. Donald Kurado & Richard M Hodgelts.planning. Entrepreneurship A Contemporary Approach.assessment of risk in the industry.characteristics of entrepreneur . Timmons J..7 ENTREPRENEURSHIP DEVELOPMENT L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 Module I Entrepreneurial perspectives .706. A Manual on Business Opportunity Identification.

grinder. Fluid power pumps and motors – Types of pumps – Characteristics – Hydraulic cylinders and rams – Fluid power pumping systems and components.8 INDUSTRIAL HYDRAULICS L-T-D: 3-1-0 MODULE I Credits : 4 Introduction to fluid power – Hydraulics and Pneumatics systems – Fluid power systems – Fundamentals of fluid mechanics – Measurement of physical parameters – Hydraulic symbols . Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.Circuit design for – shaper.08.706. material-handling equipments processes -Miscellaneous circuits. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 121 . Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. John pippon and Tylor Hicks. MODULE II Pressure accumulators – Functions – Fluid reservoirs – Filter in hydraulic circuits. MODULE III Industrial hydraulic circuits . Loading and replacement of filter elements – Materials for filters. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. REFERENCES 1. Fluid temperature control – Fluid pressure control –control valves – Sequence valve – Counterbalance valve-unloading valve – Friction control valve – Servo systems. Industrial Hydraulics.

Mass matrices. Principle of minimum potential energy. historical background.S. Temperature effects. Pearson. Finite Element Analysis: Theory and Programming.penalty and elimination approach. Butterworth-Heinemann.Rao. D. R. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. 6.08. Mesh generation and numbering.derivation of elements equations . Features of 3D problems in stress analysis. Galerkin method. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. lumped and consistent formulations. multi-point constraints. Rayleigh-Ritz method. Theory of elasticity . O. Discrete and Continuous systems. S.9 L-T-D: 3-1-0 FINITE ELEMENT METHODS Credits : 4 Module I Introduction. 2. Tata McGraw Hill. Solution of Algebraic equations. Discretization.706. properties of stiffness matrices. Butterworth-heinemann 5. Potential energy and equations.L. Banded and skyline solutions. Numerical Integration using Gauss quadrature. J. Module-III Finite element formulation of 2D problems using constant strain triangle element and isoparametric quadrilateral element.stress and equilibrium. advantages. Module-II One dimensional elasticity problems .types and properties. Axi-symmetric solids subjected to axi-symmetric loading. strain-displacement relationship. 4. Belagundu. Finite element modeling . beams and beams on elastic supports. References:1. Scalar field problems .one dimensional heat conduction through composite walls and fins.Area coordinates. Cook. McGraw Hill. Reddy. C.types of elements.assembly of element equations transformation matrices . Local and Natural coordinates in 1. finite element softwares. R. plane strain and axi-symmetric approximation. imposition of Boundary conditions . Tirupathy.S. The Finite Element Method in Engineering. load vector.discretisation of domain into elements . potential flow. Krishnamoorthy.C Zienkieviz & R. Iso parametric formulation. Introduction to the Finite Element Method. Introduction to Finite Elements in Engineering. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 122 . Chandrapatla & Ashok D. Global. Largrangean and Serendipity elements.generalised coordinates approach . Shape functions . stress-strain relationship. plane stress. Finite element formulation of plane trusses. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.N. Concepts and Applications of Finite Element Analysis. Finite element Methods. applications. Dynamic problemsHamilton’s principle.Taylor. 2 and 3 dimensions . 3. Wiley.

Introduction to Theory of Plasticity for Engineers. Mechanical Metallurgy. blanking.basic considerations of plasticity theory . covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).08. Chen W.forging allowances and tolerances . Oscar Hoffman & George Sachs.analysis of the processes of drawing and extrusion of wire and strip through friction less dies and dies with friction .simple models of material behavior .drawing and extrusion .706.experimental verification .open die forging . deep drawing Classification of rolling processes . Dieter G. bending and stretch forming Module III Slip line field theory . Springer Verlag University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.10 L-T-D: 3-1-0 METAL FORMING Credits : 4 Module I Basic laws and theories of plasticity .rolling of bars and shapes analysis of rolling process in conditions of plane strain.plastic potential theory .hodographs ..tubes. & Han D.representation of the criteria in stress space . Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. 3.Henkeys theorem .plastic work . shearing. D Van Nostrand Co Ltd. Plasticity for Structural Engineers.yield surface .analysis .wires .Tresca criterion .J.B.process classification . McGraw Hill 2.maximum work hypothesis . Classification of forging process .isotropic and kinematic hardening . Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.slip lines .residual stresses in rods .strip load on semi-infinite body lower and upper bound theorems with proofs and applications References: rolling .production of seamless pipe and tubes .Von-Mises yield criterion .simple slip line field analysis in extrusion .Levy-Mises stress strain relations .lubrication .E..temperature effects .analysis of forging process in conditions of plane stain .sheet metal forming..F.temperature and strain rate effects in plastic flow Module II Processes .stress space .equilibrium equations referred to slip lines .Prandtl-Reuss stress strain relations .cold rolling .subsequent yield surfaces .stability postulates . McGraw Hill. 4. Plasticity for Mechanical Engineers.compression of block between parallel plates .yield criterion of metals . from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 123 . Johnson W.plastic flow . & Mellor P.experimental investigations of the yield criteria .closed die forging .incompressible two-dimensional flow .

frame . bearings. 2. Mechanical.3. effects and elimination of vibration – Machine tools drives and their kinematics – Electrical. Design of Machine tools.2.Graw. Transmission systems used in machine tools and their various elements – A few common hydraulic circuits used the effect movement of tools slide and work tables. Machine tools design Volume 1. clutches. guide ways. Principles of Machine tools – G.11 L-T-D: 3-1-0 MACHINE TOOL TECHNOLOGY Credits : 4 MODULE I Principal requirements and specifications – Requirements regarding quality of performance (Accuracy and surface finish) – Productivity(Rate of motel renewal) –Economy and efficiency of machine tools . Design principles of metal cutting machine tools – Koenisberger 3.706. Machine tools design course – Central Machine tool Institute 6. MODULE III Erection and testing of machine tools – Location and layout – Foundations vibration – Isolation – Erection process – Principles of acceptance tests – Measuring equipments and methods – Direction of tolerances – Maintenance of machine tools – Test charts for different machines . Trends in the design of modern machine tools – Aims and future development .G. MODULE II Hydraulic power .C. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 124 .Basu. Acherkan 7. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. rigidity of machine tools structures – Sources. Miscellaneous – Copying devices – Automates of various kinds feasibility determination for automation – Automatics and assembly line layout – unit heads and transfer machines Vibration isolated tool holders – Friction and lubrication in machine tools . column .Town 5.Hill University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.Sen and Bhattacharya 4. Design aspects – Kinematic principles in machine tools with respect to the basic elements and their design – tool . REFERENCES 1. S. The Design and Construction of Machine tools – M.K. spindles . covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). slides . Tool Engineer Hand Book – Mc.Design of a stepped gear box. shafts .Design for improved static and dynamic performance – Fundamental aspects of numerical control – Adaptive control and hydraulic control of machine tools .4 – N. Hydraulic and combination systems . Allied pub. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.08.

Applications References: 1. Applications Abrasive Jet Machining Processes-Principle-Equipment-Metal removal rate process parameters. P.Vacuum and non-vacuum technique Applications Laser Beam Machining Process. WJM etc. Applications Module III Ultrasonic Machining Process-working principles-types of transducers-concentrators-nodal point clamping-feed mechanism-metal removal rate-Process parameters." Non Conventional Machining ". LBM.Energies employed in the processes. Principle-gun construction . P. emission types-beam control. The Institution of Engineers (India) Text Books: Series.C.Recent Developments in EDM. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). USM. Applications Water Jet Machining Process-Principle-Equipment.EDM.706.K. Applications Module II Electro Chemical Machining Process-principles-Equipment-Analysis of metal removal-tool material-Insulation-Process parameters-ECH. 2. 1995. operating principles-Breakdown mechanismDielectric fluid-Electrode material-Tool wear – Power generator circuits.Mishra. AJM.08. principles.ECG etc. Applications Electron Beam Machining Process.Sharma.Types of gun .Process parameters . A Text Books: of Production Engineering. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 125 . Electrical Discharge Machining Process. pumping processes. EC. PAM. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.wire out EDM . 1997.12 NON CONVENTIONAL MACHINING TECHNIQUES L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 Module I The need of the process-classification .Metal removal rate . University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.

" Hand book of Turbomachinery ". 4. Macmillan. enthalpy-entropy diagrams. References: 1. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 126 .. Earl Logan. " Fluid Mechanics and Thermodynamics of Turbomachinery ". stage and design parameters. " Turbines. losses.. S. 3. 8. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. losses and coefficients blade design principles. 7. Marcel Dekker Inc.706.V. Compressor and Fans ".. volute and diffusers. New Delhi. Centrifugal Compressors: Construction details. Shepherd.G. A. Module III Axial flow compressors : Stage velocity triangles. dimensionless parameters. applications. D.. Yahya. 1996. impeller flow losses.. 5. slip factor. Ganesan . testing and performance characteristics. " Gas Turbines ". Jr. John Wiley and Sons Inc.13 L-T-D: 3-1-0 TURBO MACHINES Credits : 4 Module I Energy transfer between fluid and rotor. " Principles of Turbomachinery ". flow analysis in impeller blades. losses and performance curves. Tata Mc Graw Hill 2. fan drives and fan noise. 1973. Co. Stepanff. Publishing Company. classification of fluid machinery.. types.. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. diffuser analysis.I. 6.H.. stage losses and efficiency. work and efficiency for compressors and turbines. 1969. 1965. Dixon. 1992. characteristics curves and selection.. Fans. work done factor. Pergamom. 1999. Tata Mcgraw Hill Pub. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Press. simple stage design problems and performance characteristics. Pergamom Press. Bruneck. S. stage velocity triangles. specific speed. 1990.08. Module II Centrifugal fans and blowers : Types. " Blowers and Pumps ".J. Axial and radial flow turbines : Stage velocity diagrams. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. reaction stages.

Dead weight tester for static calibration of pressure gauges. Thermostats. Principles of seismic instrument – practical considerations for seismic instruments – electrical resistance strain gauge seismic instrument – piezoelectric transducer type seismic instrument. Thermal conductivity measurement – guarded hot plate apparatus – measurement of thermal conductivity of metals. Humidity measurements. Capacitance pressure gauge. Methods for flow measurement – Positive displacement methods – rotary vane flow meter – Lobed impeller flow meter. Thermal mass flow meter. LVDT diaphragm differential pressure gauge. Recommended proportions for venturi tubes. Cantilever beam used as a frequency measurement device.14 L-T-D: 3-1-0 EXPERIMENTAL METHODS IN ENGINEERING Credits : 4 MODULE I Pressure measurement devices – U tube manometer – Well type manometer – Different types of manometers.706. Temperatures compensation for electrical resistance strain gauges strain gauge rosettes – bonded and unbounded resistance strain gauges. Hot wire and hot film anemometers. Temperature measurement by radiation – optical pyrometer. High-pressure measurement – very high-pressure transducer. Practical considerations for obstruction flow meters. Strain measurements – electrical resistance strain gauges. Low-pressure measurement – Mc Leod-gauge pirani thermal conductivity gauge – Knudsen gauge – lonization gauge. Flow measurement by drag effects – rotameter – turbine meter – vortex shedding flow meter. Temperature measurement due to thermo-electric effects – thermocouples – different types and its range – law of temperature – emf vs temp relationships for different thermocouples – sensitivity of thermocouples – thermopile and its practical application – installation of thermocouple on a metal plate – Thin foil thermocouples for rapid transient response. Pressure probes – pitot tube – pitot static tube – Kiel probe. Yaw angel – yaw angle characteristics of various static pressure probes. Flow obstruction methods – Venturi – flow nozzle – orifice. Diaphragm type strain gauge pressure pickup. flow nozzles and orifices. Methods of correction for lead resistance – Siemens three lead arrangement – callender four lead arrangement and floating-potential arrangement.08. Elastic pressure transducers – Bourdon tubes – Diaphragms – Bellows. Magnetic flow meter. Temperature measurement by electrical effects – electrical resistance thermometer. Psychoacoustics factors – sound level meter – acoustic properties of materials – sound absorption coefficient – noise reduction coefficient. Measurement of viscosity – rotating concentric cylinder apparatus – Saybolt viscometer. MODULE II Temperature measurement by mechanical effects – mercury in glass thermometer – bimetallic strip type – fluid expansion thermometers. Thermal conductivity of liquids and gases – guarded hot plate apparatus – concentric cylinder method – apparatus for determination of thermal conductivity of gases at high temperatures. Torque measurements – hollow cylinder for torque measurement – Prony brake – hydraulic dynamometer – Cradled dynamometer. Heat flux meters. Sound measurements – microphones – characteristics of microphones. application factors and installation factors of different types of flow meters. MODULE III Elastic elements for force measurements – simple cantilever and thin ring elastic elements – Proving ring.different types – characteristics of strain gauge materials. Convection heat transfer measurements – forced convection heat transfer coefficients in smooth tubes. Air pollution measurement – units for pollution measurement – air pollution standards – Air sampling train. Gas diffusion – measurement of diffusion coefficients in gases. Fluid factors. 127 .

Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Holman. Measurement System – application and Design. J. Industrial Instrumentation.P. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 128 . Ernest O. Eckman. 3.REFERENCES: 1. Doebelin. 2. Experimental Methods for Engineers. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Donald P.

Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.A University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. forced and damped vibrations and torsional systems – Dynamic absorbers periodic and Non periodic . ramp and arbitrary excitation – Response spectrum – Analog computer set up for solving vibration problems -. Tata McGraw Hill. 7. MODULE II Vibration – Fourier series representation – Unit impulse step . Environmental Acoustics.15 L-T-D: 3-1-0 MECHANICAL VIBRATION AND NOISE CONTROL Credits : 4 MODULE I Introduction – Harmonic motion – Beat frequency – Equations of motion – Concepts of forces and equilibrium – Systems with one degree of freedom – Free and forced vibrations with undamped and damped systems (Review) Two degrees of freedom systems : Equations of motions for free and forced vibration without and with damping – Use of influence coefficients – The work and energy approach – Solutions to free .S. Laplace Transforms.Deslie L. 2. Narrow Band Analysers . 6.08.Measurement in reverberation and Vachaic chamber –Hearing mechanism of hearing and perception of sound (Description only) Types of noise : Criteria for evaluation of noise problems – Threshold of hearing – Hearing loss with age – Equal loudness contours loudness and loudness level – Perceived noise level – N. Hand Book of Noise Measurement – General Radio Company . Tee. 8. Fundamentals of Vibration. Anderson Roger A. 4. C.Vibration measuring instruments .L. Hand Book on Noise control. Kinslor and Frey. 3. W.T. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 129 .706. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Solutions to Differential Equations .Harris. density and intensity – Sound transmission through one and two intervening media . Doello . Hinkle and Morse. curves – Noise and Number index – Noise pollution level – Noise induced hearing loss – Damage risk criteria – Criteria for noise and vibration in community buildings – General principles of noise control – Use of enclosures – Wrappings – Porous materials – Design of Auditorium – Acoustical requirements – Elimination of room acoustical defects – Articulation index – Sound reinforce systems – Design of time delays (Brief description only) REFERENCES 1.C. Noise and vibration Control.U. Fundamentals of Acoustics. Timosheako. Beronek . 5. Vibration problem in Engg. McGraw Hill. 9. Measurement of Sound – Loud speakers and microphones – Their characteristics . Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Band pass filters . graphic level recorder .L. MODULE III Introduction to sound and vibratic wave motion – One dimensional plane waves – Characteristics impedance – Decibel seats power .Thomsom. Mechanical Vibrations. Theory of Vibrations. Jump phenomenon – Effect of damping – Self excited Oscillations.

Credits : 4 Module I Introduction: Objectives of failure investigation, Collection of background data- service history, photographic records, Selection of samples for various conditions, Preliminary examination of the failed part – visual inspection and non destructive techniques for failure investigation- Magnetic particle inspection, Liquid penetrant inspection, Eddy current inspection, ultrasonic inspection, radiography, acoustic emission inspection, experimental stress analysis, Mechanical testing, limitations of tensile testing, Selection preservation and cleaning of fracture surfaces- cleaning, sectioning, opening secondary cracks Module II Macroscopic examination of fracture surfaces, Microscopic examination of fracture surfaces – optical microscopy, scanning electron microscopy, transmission electron microscopy, Selection and preparation of metallographic sections, Examination and analysis of metallographic sections, Determination of fracture type- Failure mechanisms and Fractography of ductile fracture, brittle fracture, transgranular brittle fracture, Intergranular brittle fracture, Fatigue fracture- Mechanisms and general features of fatigue fracture, Stress corrosion cracking, Liquid metal embrittlement, Hydrogen embrittlement, Creep and stress rupture failures, ductile to brittle fracture transition Module III Chemical analysis- Analysis of bulk materials, analysis of surfaces and deposits, spot tests, Applications of fracture mechanics: Fracture mechanics concepts- Linear elastic fracture mechanics, Elastic-Plastic fracture mechanics (basic concepts), plane stress and plane strain, Fatigue crack growth rate their use in failure analysis, fracture toughness testingPlane strain fracture toughness test, COD test, Simulated service testing, Analyzing the evidences formulating conclusions and report writing, Case studies of failures: failures of shafts, failures of heat exchangers References: 1. ASM Handbook Volume 11: Failure analysis and Prevention 2. Fracture Mechanics by Prashant Kumar Wheeler Publishing 3. Mechanical Metallurgy by Dieter, McGraw Hill 4. Electron microscopy and analysis: P.J. Goodhew, J. Humphreys and R. Beanland , Pub: :Taylor and francis, 2001 University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each, covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each, from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) L-T-D: 3-1-0


L-T-D: 3-1-0


Credits : 4 MODULE I General classification of Cutting Tool-single point multi point cutting tools and form toolsCutting tool nomenclature, systems-types of single point cutting tools-Left hand , right hand ,straight shank, bent shank-offset and stepped. Geometry-Cutting tool signature-Effect of cutting tool geometry in metal cutting .Mechanism of metal removal-Mechanism of chip formations-classes of chips Friction in metal cutting –Methods of reducing friction –Chip control and chip breaker-Primary deformations on shear zone-secondary deformations on rake face. MODULE II Mechanism of metal cutting –Forces of deformations at the cutting edge. Shear angle lee and Shaffer’s solution. Stress distribution on rake face –Velocity relationships-Chip thickness Ratio- Merchant’s circle diagram-Relationship between forces, cutting speed, feed and depth of cut. Problems. Dynamometers – principle of cutting force, Measurements. Need and requirement of dynamometers –Turning, milling, drilling and grinding dynamometersDeformation studies using quick-stop devices. Heat in metal cutting-zones of heat generation – variables affecting the tool temperature- Temperature in metal cutting – Tool work thermocouple- Embedded thermocouple – Calorimetric method. Surface finishParameters on surface finish. MODULE III Cutting tool materials, major tool material types-HSS, coated HSS, satellite, Cemented Carbides, Titanium Carbides Coated carbides, Ceramics, SIALON, Diamonds, CBN , Ucon, their characteristics and applications. Tool wear and life –Types of wear-mechanism of tool wear. Tool wear criteria –Tool life –Taylor’s tool life equation. Modified tool life equation and estimation of tool life –Machinability. Parameters affecting tool life.- Problems – Economics of cutting. Machinability criteria-optimum cutting speed – cutting fluids- Selection of cutting fluids-Action of cutting fluids – Application of cutting fluids. References:1. Sen and Bhattacharya, Principle of metal cutting. 2. Shaw M.C, Metal cutting principles. 3. Boothroyd, Fundamentals of Machining and Machine Tools. 4. Black P.H, Theory of metal cutting. 5. Production Technology, HMT 6. Venkitesh.V.G, Experimental methods in metal cutting. 7. Tool Manufacturing Engineers Hand Book, ASTME University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each, covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each, from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60)


L-T-D: 3-1-0

Credits : 4

Module I Metallic biomaterials: Introduction, Stainless Steels, Cobalt Chromium Alloys, Titanium Alloys, Dental Materials, Corrosion of Medical Implants, Manufacturing of Implants. Polymeric biomaterials: Polymers used as Biomaterials, Sterilisation, Surface Modification for improving bio compatibility, biodegradable polymeric materials, Tissue derived Biomaterials, Soft Tissue Replacement, Hard Tissue Replacement, Preservation Techniques. Module II Ceramic and composite biomaterials: Introduction, Bio inert Bio Ceramics, Biodegradable ceramics, Bioactive ceramics, deterioration of ceramics, manufacturing techniques, Biocompatibility and Application of Composite Biomaterials. Biomaterial application of smart materials: Introduction, Properties, Biocompatibility, Shape Memory effect, Super Elasticity, Hysteresis, Anti – Kinking, Application with examples – Orthopedic, Dental, Surgical Instruments, Stent, Artificial Urethral Valves. Module III Biomaterial characterization and selection: Biomaterials surface analysis, Auger Electron Spectroscopy, Scanning ion mass Spectroscopy, Atomic Force Microscopy, Electron Spectroscopy for Chemical Analysis. Function, Biocompatibility, Material Selection for Orthopedic, Blood Contacting and Space Filling applications. REFERENCES 1. Joseph D. Bronzino, “The Bio Medical Engineering Handbook”, Vol.I, CRC Press, 2000. 2. Mel Schwartz, “ Encyclopedia of Smart Materials”, Vol. I, John Wiley and Sons, USA, 2002. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each, covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each, from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60)


Modeling and reasoning for computer based assembly planning – Module III Design of Automated manufacturing.CE design methodologies . Artificial Intelligence. . 2.negotiation in concurrent engineering design studies . "Integrated Product Development". 5. 1996. Morgantown. Research Centre.conceptual design mechanism – Qualitative physical approach . Web Reference: www. "Design for Concurrent Engineering". Prentice Hall. Springer Verlog.706. JOhn and Sons Inc. Module II Life-cycle design of products ..An intelligent design for manufacturing system. REFERENCES 1.Collaborative product commerce.Expert systems . 6.decomposition in concurrent design .opportunity for manufacturing enterprises .tue.Organizing for CE . "Concurrent Engineering: Automation Tools and Technology". Wiley. WV.html University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.product realization taxonomy . Andrew Kusaik. 1992.CE tool box collaborative product development.Software hardware co-design.Solid modeling Product data management .Real time constraints.Concurrent engineering in optimal structural design . 1987.Checking the design process . covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). "Successful Implementation of Concurrent Product and Process". Life Cycle semi realization . Manufacturing competitiveness . Cleetus. 1998.modality of Concurrent Engineering Design . Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. for economics evaluation of design for manufacturing cost – concurrent mechanical design .Automated analysis idealization control .19 L-T-D: 3-1-0 CONCURRENT ENGINEERING Credits : 4 Module I Extensive definition of Concurrent Engineering (CE) . Berlin. J. L. Anderson MM and Hein. JIT system low inventory . 4. John and Sons Inc..08. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 133 . 3. Wiley. "Concurrent Engineering Fundamentals: Integrated Product Development". Sammy G Sinha. IT support . Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Concurrent Engg.plan for Project Management on new product development – bottleneck technology development.

Reference 1. pressure reducing valves. DOF. Sequence valve. Module II Pneumatics: Introduction. Intermittent. “Oil Hydraulic System”. Unloading valve. New Delhi (1999). 5. Feasibility etc. synchronous and asynchronous. Industrial Hydraulics: Introduction. Piston pumps. time delay valve. actuation methods. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. “Assembly Automation and Product Design”. Necsulelscu Dan. Bolton W. pressure control valves. Vane. Flow control valves simple and pressure compensated type. treatment of compressed air. Counterbalance valve. Direction control valves – types. 4. Hydraulic fluids. drives. pressure relief valve. basic concepts.e. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.08. logic devices – twin pressure valve. end effectors – Types and uses. “Mechatronics”. work volume of robots world and joint coordinates various joints. examples of design modifications. conventional as well as computer aided design. Source. feed tracks. classification based on Geometry. Mechanical feeders – computation and operational details. Sensors in Robots. friction. Majumdar S R. Geoffrey Boothroyd. pressure control valves. Module III Automatic Assembly System: Development of Automatic Assembly process. Types of Automation. Classification and properties of hydraulic fluids. Pearson Education. effect of frequency. Basic components. linear and Rotary actuators. orientation of parts – active and passive devices. 2nd Edition. track angle. Transfer devices – continuous. Anthony Esposito. 2. Product design for high-speed automatic assembly. Robotics: Basic concepts. Direction Control Valves. shutter valve. acceleration. Applications of Robots. programming. “Mechatronics”.706. linear and Rotary Actuators. “Fluid Power with Application”. Vibratory feeders – Mechanics. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).20 INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION Credits : 4 Module I Introduction: Basic concept of Automation. Escapement devices. New Delhi (2002). Introduction to forward and inverse kinematics. Pneumatic circuit design and analysis. Gear. Pearson Education (2003). load sensitivity. types. actuation methods. Contaminates in hydraulic system. programming – Teach pendant and Computer programming. Tata McGraw Hill (2001). Pearson Education. storage and distribution. Fluid power generators. control and cleanliness standards. i. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) L-T-D: 3-1-0 134 . Marcel Dekker Inc (1991). 5th Edition. 3.

N Vezgirigiu. Richard L. rapeseed oil. Brennan. New Delhi..1 engines. T. limitations. property & its use in Sl engines. MODULE-III Solar power: Collection and storage of solar energy. and engine performance with vegetable oil. Garrett: Automotive fuels system. applicability of electric cars. SAE 6. Tom Koppel. biomass. comparative use of fuel and energy recharging. SAE 7.1 engines.use in S.08.Alternate liquid fuels Willey Eastern Ltd. hydrogen. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). dual fuel systems.Powering the future.Build your own Electric Vehicle. 3-1-0 135 .706. alternative energy. 741008 8. Flex fuel Vehicles (FFV) Hydrogen energy: Properties of hydrogen. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. precautions and safety for use. MODULE-II Gaseous fuels: Biogas production. performance characteristics in engines. K. electrolysis of water. Production of Bio-diesel. thermal decomposition of water. SAE 4. description of biogas plant. and electric energy Alcohol: Methanol and Ethanol production methods. 1991 2.Alcohol Diesel emulsions. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) L-T.Alternate fuels guide book. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. storage and transportation methods.types and layouts. Combustion characteristics of alcohols in S. Energy research group. sources of hydrogen. Engines.IC.D. different methods of use. principle and working photovoltaic conversion. collection devices. modifications necessary. thermo chemical production and biochemical production. SAE INC. Vegetable oil: Vegetable oil properties. Hybrid vehicles .. applications to engines. 750118. types & capacities.I. fuel metering system.21 ALTERNATE ENERGY SOURCES Credits 4 MODULE-I Introduction: Need for non-conventional energy sources. use of alcohols in Sl engines. batteries for electric vehicles. References: 1. and C. 3. Keeith Owen & Trevor Colley . flat plate collectors. performance of LPG. 9. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Warrendale. esterification of vegetable oil. T. 1990 10.Automotive Fuels reference book. application of biogas as a single fuel and dual fuel. David Powell and Richard P. 750121. performance of methanol and gasoline blends. SAE 5. SAE papers: 73802. driving requirements. alcohol.Alternative energy sources 11. production of hydrogen. use in fuel cells. Soya bean diesel. properties of methanol and ethanol as engine fuels. Bob Brant. concentrating type collectors. application to automobiles Electric vehicles: Design considerations.The Automobile technology and society Printice Hall. Mathur and Sharma. energy conservation in transportation sector. Dhanpat Rai and Sons. rice bran oil etc. diesel and vegetable oil blends. Bechtold. use of alcohols in Cl engines. natural gas and producer gas .

“Automobile Engineering”.K. CO. References: 1. Color and Aldehyde emissions from Diesel engines . Emission standards. J. Module-II Emission Standards : Driving Cycles. ECE.08. Flame ionization detectors. Measurements of invisible emissions -ORSAT apparatus. Control of Crankcase emission. Pollutants-sources-formation-effects on human beings and environment. Internal Combustion Engines. “Automobile Mechanic”.706. B. 2. Design changes. Galgotia Publications Pvt. Volume of constituents for perfect combustion. Ramalingam. Measurements of visible emissions – Comparison methods & Obscure methods . 2007. V. 2004 5. 7. 2004.Smoke emission in diesel engines .D. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each..Effects of operating variables on emission formation.exhaust gas recirculation. Particulate Matters. Emission Control Efforts: Supply of fuel – establishment of national test centers.. Dr.B. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). “Engine Emissions”. Chemiluminescent analyzer. Pundir. Ganesan. Heywood. catalytic converters Module-III Test Procedure & Instrumentation for Emission Measurement: Test procedures. NDIR analyzer. Exhaust emission . Bharat Stages & Euro emission standards. Automobiles and Pollution SAE Transaction. Scitech Publications Pvt. 2006 6. Green house gases and global warming. Internal Combustion Engine Fundamentals. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.Smoke meters. Evaluation of Emission Standards – Mandatory Tests for Emission measurement –Type Approval & Production Conformity Tests Control Techniques for SI and CI: Basics of diesel combustion .P. air injector PCV system. Canisters.1995. optimization of operating factors. Aldehyde emissions.K. Tata McGraw Hill Co. Narosa Publishing House. 3-1-0 Credits 4 Module-I Introduction: General Scenario on automotive Pollution. 1995 University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 136 . 3. “Automobile Engineering”. Giri. Effect of operating variables on emission formation.Calculation of volume of Exhaust gases. Gas analyzer. K. Amitosh De. McGraw Hill Book Co. Engine Combustion and Pollutant Formation: HC.22 AUTOMOTIVE POLLUTION AND CONTROL L-T. construction of road networks. NOx.. EUDC..NO emission from diesel engines – Particulate emission in diesel engines. N. thermal reactors. transient operational effects on pollution. 2005 4. Ltd. Ltd. Evaporative emission. Khanna Publishers.

3. P. " New Product Planning ". 2. 1992. Brain Twiss. research . Design of proto type .Protection of Geographical Indications at national and International levels . Research and new product development .Protection of IPR . Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. 1992.Industrial Designs and Integrated circuits . Harry B.Model Preparation .Importance ." Fourth Eye (Excellence through Creativity) .Present against unfair competition..different techniques.Patent application References: 1. Harry Nystrom. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).the need for creativity and innovation .brain storming . Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. " Creativity and innovation". IP Patents .Patent laws .Khandwalla .Indian IPR legislations . Invention and Creativity .screening ideas for new products (evaluation techniques).Patent search .Intellectual property rights (IPR).Draft of a national Intellectual Property Policy .Intellectual Property (IP) . Pitman Publishing Ltd.08.cost evaluation .Wheeler Publishing ". 1979. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) L-T.commitments to WTOPatent Ordinance and the Bill . Creative design . John Wiley & Sons.factors contributing to successful technological innovation . Module-II Collection of ideas and purpose of project .D.P. 4. Bulletins.Selection criteria . Allahabad.R.23 CREATIVITY.. Immovable Property and iii.Patents . Movable Property ii. I. Intellectual Property).quality standards .introducing new products.N. New Delhi. 1997.Trade Marks and rights arising from Trademark registration Definitions . 5.Basic types of property (i.706.Watton.International code for patents . University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.Testing . " Managing technological innovation".testing . Prentice Hall Inc.Copyrights and related rights . 3-1-0 137 .creativity and problem solving . 1992.Application Procedures Module-III Indian Position Vs WTO and Strategies . INNOVATION AND NEW PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT Credits 4 Module-I The process of technological innovation .

Adams 5. Experimental stress analysis and Motion Measurement – R. Types – Visual Examinations . The stress optic law in two dimensions at normal incidence – Plane polariscope – Circular polariscope .M.C. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.P. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). REFERENCES 1. penetrate tests.Stress equation of equilibrium – Principal stress – Two dimensional stress systems – Strain and stress relations – Principal strain – Strain compatibility – Plane stress – Plane stress and strain problems – Photoelastic methods : Behaviour of light – Polarised light – Plane polariser – Wave plate – Conditioning of light by a series combination of linear polariser and a wave plate – Arrangement of optical elements in polariscope . Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) Credits : 4 138 .Fringes – Moiré techniques – Photo elastic photography – Photo elastic model materials – Properties – Calibration methods – Analysis of photoelastic data – Isochromatics – Isoclinics – Compensation techniques .M.Delta – Stress gauge – Strain gauge circuits – Wheatstone bridge – Null Balance recording instruments – Cathode Ray Oscilloscope.Application of photo elastic methods .1 EXPERIMENTAL STRESS ANALYSIS TECHNIQUES L-T-D: 3-1-0 MODULE I Basic concepts : The generalized basic systems – Definition – Stress at a point .Dove and B. Hammer tests – Brittle coating techniques – Crack patterns – Types of coatings – Elementary ideasHolographic non Destructive testing .805. Experimental stress analysis – J.Dally and W. MODULE III Non Destructive Tests – Need .W. Moire Fringes Strain Analysis – Pericles Theocaries University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Applied stress Analysis – Durelli and Philips 4.Railey 3. MODULE II Electrical strain gauges – Definition of strain and its relation to experimental determination – Strain gauge – Types – Analysis – Strain sensitivity – Gauge construction – Temperature compensation – Rosette analysis – Rectangular Delta . Photo elasticity .Frocht 2.H.ELECTIVE IV 08.

high lift devices-range and endurance of airplanes-charts for piston and jet engine aircrafts. Study of subsonic. induced drag. Transonic. Ideas on stability-static and dynamic stabilitylongitudinal. Module III Flight Instruments-airspeed indicator.the lifting line theory-wing load distribution – aspect ratio.calculation of induced drag from momentum considerations.changes in finite wing plan shape. Principles of wind tunnel testing –open and closed type wind tunnels-wind tunnel balances.pressure distribution in inviscid and real flows. thermosphere . (Brief description and qualitative ideas only). Kermode 2.take off and landing performance – length of runway required. and supersonic aircraft engines (Description with fig.aerodynamic balancing of control surfaces.08. Skin friction and from drag. Mechanics of flight. Elementary ideas on space travel-calculation of earth orbiting and escape velocities ignoring air resistance and assuming circular orbit. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 139 . 2D aero foils Nomenclature and classification. stratosphere . Fundamentals of Aerodynamics Anderson 4.momentum and circulation theory of aerofoil.replacement of finite wing by horse shoe vertex system. lateral and directional stability.circling flight – radius of tightest turn-jet and rocket assisted take –off. Application of dimensional analysis – aerodynamic force – model study and similitude.controls of an aero plane. Aircraft Instruments and Integrated systems. A.EHJ Pallett University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Aircraft performance-straight and level flight –power required and power available graphs for propeller and jet aircraft-gliding and climbing –rate of climb-service and absolute ceilingsgliding angle and speed of flattest glide. and ionosphere.2 L-T-D: 3-1-0 AEROSPACE ENGINEERING Credits : 4 Module – I The atmosphere-characteristics of troposphere . Only). Aerodynamics for Engineering Student Houghton and brock.805.aircraft ground run. 3. C. temperature and density variations in the atmosphere. calculation of true air speed-altimeter-gyro horizon direction indicator-vertical speed indicator –turn and back indicator-air temperature indicator. References: 1.wing tip vortices. Module II Propellers – momentum and blade element theories –propeller coefficients and charts. 3D or Finite aero foils – effect of releasing the wing tips.mass balancing (Qualitative ideas only).characteristics.supersonic wind tunnels.pressure.

Storage facilities and general equipment for amenities of working people – Product. Computer applications in layout designs. Module II Environmental aspects like lighting. Storage area etc. replacement depends on technical and economical consideration. humidity. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 140 . Office.James A Apple 3. Process and combination layout – Systematic layout planning – Design of Assembly lines. on consideration of facilities of working people. Different type of Plant services like steam compressed air etc. Stores and warehouses .A W Peymberton 4. FF & Control .John A Sehbin 2. – Plant safety.08.805. dust control. Elements off Industrial safetyCauses and prevention of accidents – Pollution and environmental consideration. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Receiving and dispatching area – Choice of material handling equipment – Cost control in material handling. Ventilation. REFERENCE 1. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Plant layout and Material Handling .G Aysan University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Plant layout and Material Handling . Use of DCF techniques. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Line balancing methods. Equipment replacement – Repair. Module III Material handling system and equipment – Material handling in Plants . Plant layout and Material Handling.3 FACILITIES PLANNING L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 Module I Design of layout of factories.

Queuing theory – Birth and death processes – Basic queuing process – Single server and multiple server models – Poison input and exponential service – Limited source. 4. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. MODULE III Decision making – Statistical decision theory. Introductions to operations research – Wagner and Pranti . Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.Philips and Ravindran Fundamentals of operations research – Ackeff and Sasionic. 3. 2. Decision trees .08. with PERT / CPM.Ackeff and Arneff.Churchman .805. Mc graw Hill. Introductions to operations research – Hillier and Lieberman . Introduction to dynamic Programming. Replacement – replacement in anticipation of failure – Group replacement.Holden day. Scheduling on machines 2 job – 2-machine problem – Johnson’s algorithm – graphical solution. Linear programming – Graphical solutions – Simplex method – Transportation problem – Assignment problem solution to transportation.4 ADVANCED DECISION MODELLING Credits : 4 MODULE I Development of operations research as a branch of knowledge since 2nd world war – Fields of application of operations. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 141 . Stochastic programming and integer programming Inventory theory – deterministic inventory models. Wiley. MODULE II Network theory – Maximal flow problems – Travelling salesman problems . Wiley. limited queue etc. Game theory – Practical application of game theory – 2 person zero – Sum games – Solving simple games – Mixed strategy – Graphical solution. Priority disciplines – Practical applications. REFERENCE 1. Operations research .Taha. Assignment and trans-shipment problems – Post optimality analysis – Complications and their resolution – Practical applications and examples. L-T-D: 3-1-0 University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Operations research .

& Balachandran B.local and global bifurcation of continuous systems ..state-space and pseudo state space . Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.805. Prentice Hall University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.M. Baker G.periodic solutions of continuous .Fourier spectra. Invitation to Dynamical Systems..correlation dimension and Information dimension . Nayfeh A.attracting sets concepts of stability Equilibrium solutions: fixed points and stability of continuous ..Henon map Chaotic solutions of continuous systems: Duffing' equation .capacity dimension .Rossler equations .transcritical and Hopf bifurcations Quasiperiodic solutions: Poincare' maps . & Stewart H B. Introduction To Applied Nonlinear Dynamical Systems And Chaos.fractal dimension .feigenbaum number .period doubling .5 L-T-D: 3-1-0 NON LINEAR DYNAMICS AND CHAOS Credits : 4 Module I Introduction to dynamical systems: discrete time systems .embedding dimension and time delay . John Wiley 4.limit cycle . Peitgens.fractal dimension of strange attractors Tools to identify and analyze motions: time history . Chaotic and Fractal of quasiperiodic solutions Chaotic solutions of maps: dynamics of logistic equation . Moon F.. Chaos and Fractals. Scheinerman E.& Gollub J.symmetry breaking .P.poincare'maps bifurcation .phase space and flows . Chaotic Dynamics.bifurcation of maps Module II Periodic solutions .period s doubling and intermittency mechanisms Module III Experimental methods in chaotic vibrations: experimental system to measure the Poincare' map of a chaotic physical system Fractals and dynamical systems: Koch curve .R.. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 142 .T.measures of fractal dimension .fixed points of maps and their stability .continuous time systems autonomous and non autonomous systems .bifurcation diagram of onedimensional maps .08.floquet theory . Cambridge University Press 6.H.classification and stability of equilibrium solutions . John Wiley 2. Springer Verlag 7. Applied Nonlinear Dynamics. Nonlinear Dynamics And Chaos.time systems .cantor set . covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).L.cyclic fold .C. Thomson J. Wiggins map . Poincare'sections and maps lyapunov exponents References: 1. Springer Verlag 5.time dynamical systems autonomous and non autonomous systems . John Wiley 3.static and dynamic bifurcations . Jurgens & Saupe.

methods of location .standard fixture components . Tata McGraw Hill 4.A.examples of design and drawing of drill jig for machining of simple components References 1. "Tool Design". MIR Publishers 5.plane. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.E. Lecain & Goold. ASTME. hydraulic and pneumo-hydraulic clamps ..profile milling fixtures . "Hand book of Fixture Design". Colving & Haas.jig feet and legs .purpose of work holding devices . "Jigs and Fixtures . McGraw Hill 7.chucks . concentric.worked examples Module III Fixtures . spherical.operator analysis and cost analysis .latch and self locking clamps .6 L-T-D: 3-1-0 DESIGN OF JIGS AND FIXTURES Credits : 4 Module I Introduction . pinch and magnetic clamps .face milling fixture with equalizers .indexing tables and worktables . hinge and two-way (multiple) clamps .A Reference Book". Wilson & Holt.magnetic chucking devices -mandrels . Grant H. "Jigs and Fixtures Hand Book".pin and button locators .milling fixtures . covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Cole B.examples of pre-design analysis principles of locating and positioning . Goroshkin A.Non Standard Clamping Devices".boring and lather fixtures . Tata McGraw Hill University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.types of clamps .08.leaf box and tumble jigs .. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 143 .jaw chucks .definition of location . McGraw Hill 6..mandrels and collet . Fundamentals of Tool Design 3. Kempster M.machine vices . considerations in work holder design and selection design calculations of lever type clamp .805.fixture design examples of design and drawing of milling fixtures for machining of simple components fixtures for inspection testing and assembly . swing.product analysis . "An Introduction to Jig and Tool Design".screw clamps .indexing jigs .operation analysis machine analysis . Taraporevala 8. "Tool Design".principles of jig and fixture design construction methods and materials used .strap.fixture for milling flanges straddle milling fixtures .indexing fixture .K.. ELBS 2.H.wedge type clamp .types of drill jigs -template -vise .hook type clamp .slot and key-way milling fixtures . radial and V-locators redundant locators Module II Design and mechanics of clamping devices .wedge. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.process planning and typical operation layout product considerations . "Jigs and Fixtures .drive chucks .universal fixture for profile milling .economics Drill Jigs -definition .basic principles .principles of clamping .pre-design analysis .welding fixtures .pneumatic.drill guide bushings .

compatibility conditions and their physical interpretation .critical coefficient in nucleate and convective boiling Module III Condensation .flow pattern maps and transition .pressure gradient in condensing systems . & Zuber N..W.correlations for bubble. condensation on a planar surface .mathematical models .S..pressure drop limitation effect . Collier J.empirical equations for film boiling and transition boiling . Critical multiphase flows .two phase flow through inclined pipes and singularities .08.heat transfer in partial and fully developed sub-cooled boiling . Transport Processes in Boiling and Two Phase Systems. McGraw Hill University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. bends and values Module II Boiling and multiphase heat transfer .. Vol. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.drift flux model ..void fraction and pressure drop in sub-cooled boiling .critical flow criterion . Delhaye J.two phase forced convection laminar and turbulent flow solutions for film heat transfer .vapour-liquid equilibrium mechanisms .mechanism of evaporation and condensation .G.basic processes of condensation . McGraw Hill 2.momentum and energy balance homogeneous and separated flow models . Wiley 5. orifices. McGraw Hill 4.influence of pressure gradient .propagation of small disturbances . Hewitt G. Tong L.flow patterns . Boiling Heat Transfer and Two Phase Flow. & Graham R.. I.empirical treatment of two phase flow . Hsu Y.void fraction and slip ratio correlations .J.saturated boiling heat transfer .M.7 MULTIPHASE FLOW L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 Module I Basic equations and empirical correlations for multi-phase flow .dropwise condensation .pool boiling convective boiling .. slug and annular flows . Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.burnout mechanism and correlations . Two Phase Flows and Heat Transfer.experimental observations .. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).identification and classification . Hemisphere 3.805. Ginoux J.pressure losses through enlargements.correlations for use with homogeneous and separated flow models . Multiphase Science and Technology.graphical representation of critical flow conditions References: 1. Hemisphere. Convective Boiling and Condensation.methods of improving heat transfer coefficient in condensation.Y. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 144 .

Kundra. accumulators etc.Mikel P Groover 4.Hydraulic principles. K. Study of their functional & design characteristic. ADAPT. Design of systems for specific requirements. Digital incremental and digital absolute.Programming languages. K. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.805.Information flow in NC machine tool. MODULE.08. C.Introduction to servo systems. NC Machines & CAM.8 CONTROLS IN MACHINE TOOLS L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 MODULE-I Hydraulic control. valves. Economics of numerically controlled machines. N.elements of hydraulic systems. P.Pneumatic and hydro pneumatic circuits.APT.pumps filters. Machine Tools Design—Acherkan 3. Temeri University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.John Pippinger 2. seals. EXAPT. CAD/CAM.II Numerical control: Introduction to numerical control. REFERENCES: 1.manual and computer aided programming. Rao.analogue. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 145 .maintenance of hydraulic systems. MODULE-III Programming. adaptive control principles. Industrial Hydraulics. N.tape readerinterpolator – Measuring devices.Application of NC machines – Types of Numerical control.Information carriers. Analysis and study of typical hydraulic circuits in machine tools.

" Chemical Process Equipment. Piping : Introduction a variable thickness transition section in a cylindrical vessel. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Module II Design of vessels : Design of tall cyclindrical self supporting process columns . Design Hand Book ". covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 146 . about a circular hole. Stanley.Applications. " Pressure Vessels. Selection and Design.FEM application. Henry H. Buterworths series in Chemical Engineering ". Stresses in pressure vessels: Stresses in a circular ring.Piping layout and piping stress Analysis. References: 1. spherical shells.effect of supports on Elastic Buckling of cylinders . conical heads .supports for short vertical vessels – stress concentration .Cylindrical shells.Discontinuity stresses in pressure vessels. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Wales.Elastic Buckling of circular ring and cylinders under external pressure . Module III Bucking and fracture analysis in vessels : Buckling phenomenon . 1987. 1987. " Theory and Design of Pressure Vessels ". Harvey. torispherical heads.805. John F.Terminology and Ligament Efficiency . CBS Publishers and Distributors.9 DESIGN OF PRESSURE VESSELS AND PIPING L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 Module I Methods for determining stresses . cyclinder .collapse of thick walled cylinders or tubes under external pressure . Bedner. 3. Theory of reinforcement pressure vessel design. M. CBS Publishers and Distributors.Buckling under combined External pressure and axial loading .Thermal stresses .Membrane stress Analysis of Vessel Shell components . elliptical openings.Flow diagram .Control and significance of Fracture Mechanics in Vessels . 1988. 2.

Analysis and application of Hydrodynamic Lubrication – Load carrying capacity . Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. 2. Fundamentals of Tribology.C. use of restrict hydro static squeeze films .B. Wear : Classification of wear – Theories of wear – Stages of Cohesive wear – Quantitative relationship for abrasive wear – Minor types of wear – Factors affecting wear . PHI. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Basu.Chand Co. Viscosity and Viscometers – Starsor Viscometer – Falling sphere viscometer – Saybelt Universal Viscometer – Viscosity index. power loss and friction in ideal journal bearings – Use of linkage factors – Significance of Sommerfeld number – Eccentricity ratio – Unit load References: 1.08. S. MODULE II Lubrication : Role of lubrication in present day practice – Fundamentals of viscosity and viscous flow – Flow through capillary tubes – Parallel plates – Radial flow between parallel circular plates – Continuity equation and Raynold’s equation . Sushil Kumar and Srivatsava.10 L-T-D: 3-1-0 TRIBOLOGY Credits : 4 MODULE I Friction : Nature of surfaces – Mechanism of friction – Laws of friction and friction theories – Merits and demerits . Majumdar . 3. SenGupta and Ahuja. MODULE III Analysis of hydrostatic oil pads – Load carrying capacity – Oil flow – Power loss – Application to thrust bearing . from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 147 . Tribology in Industry. Tribology University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts..805. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.

D. New Delhi. Methodology. principles of costing &cost estimation. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.805. evaluation phase. examples on usage of these tools Module III Value Engineering cases: Value Engineering raises production and productivity. benefits. New Age International (P) Ltd. Project work: work sheets. cost worth model. Cost value and Exchange value Costing Vs Value engineering. Basic concepts of value engineering. guidelines. Value Engineering is intensive cost search. Steps in value engineering process-preparation problem selection. Value Engineering. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Datta. audit. information. Jaico Publishing House. Esteem value. Techniques of Value Analysis and Value Engineering. 3.Product manufacturing. objectives. Industrial cases . DARSIRI. Semi –Automated production. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. References: 1. Materials Management. selection and presentation. A. 2000. development and scope of value management. 2000. Creation phase. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 148 . Iyer. K. value analysis. 2. Mumbai. Automated Production. Secondary functions values-Use value. functions and value-Basic functions. FAST Diagram as a tool. Value Engineering prevents unnecessary uses of resources. Module II Selection of project. 2001. techniques.11 VALUE ENGINEERING L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 Module I Introduction: History. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Miles . McGraw hill. Checklist. general phase.S. implementation and follow up. role of creativity. evaluation. Inventory Control and Logistics. L. Chemical processing. Creation. team members. Approaches-job plan. S.08. information phase. investigation and implementation phase.

the software process .planning .system design . & Hudson F.architectural design .S.domain-specific architectures .real time executives .critical systems specifications .software cost estimation .SRS . Narosa University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.information presentation ..scheduling .choosing and keeping people .design and implementation .object-oriented testing .user support . Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each..planning .productivity estimation techniques .functional and non-functional requirements .testing workbenches .critical system validation Module III Software evolution .process measurement process CMM .component-based development .prototyping in the software process . Ian Sommerville. Prentice Hall of India inspection .validation . Software Engineering.project planning .system building . from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) L-T-D: 3-1-0 149 .an object oriented design process case study .user interface design .08. Software Engineering.real-time software design .context models .software measurement and metrics .configuration management .software change .professional and ethical responsibility system modelling .software testing .security .life cycle models iteration .design principles . Jalote P.quality assurance and standards .system engineering process .risk management .interface specification behaviour specification .management .quality control .rapid prototyping techniques formal specification .defect testing . Dependability .application families .evolution .object models .system models ..critical systems .process improvement process and product quality .change management .formal specification in the software process .legacy systems working .automated static analysis .distributed systems architecture Module II Object-oriented design .system requirements . Pressman R.requirements engineering processes .software requirements .J.user requirements . Fundamentals of Software Engineering.12 SOFTWARE ENGINEERING Credits : 4 Module I Introduction . Software Engineering Fundamentals.feasibility studies .behaviour models .control models .CASE tools for configuration management References : with reuse . Behferooz A.the people capability maturity model .algorithmic cost modeling.validation .availability and reliability safety .managing people .automated process support ..clean room software development .verification and validation .objects and classes . Pearson Education Asia re-engineering .design patterns . project duration and staffing quality management .modular decomposition .system structuring . covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).FAQs about software engineering .process analysis and modeling .elicitation and analysis .user interaction .critical system development .quality planning .interface evaluation.CASE workbenches Software prototyping .specification . Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.version and release management . McGraw Hill 3. Oxford University Press evolution .data models .software maintenance architectural evolution . An Integrated Approach to Software re-engineering Software project management . Mall R.integration testing .

Vacuum insulation. Cryogenic systems Randal F. MODULE –III Cryogenic Refrigeration systems: Ideal Refrigeration systems. Adiabatic expansion. cryogenic fluid storage and transfer systems: Cryogenic Storage vessels and Transportation. H. Biology. Hydrogen and Helium – Critical components of Liquefaction systems. Historical development.. References: 1.805. Klaus D. Claude & Cascaded System. 1986 3. 1989. Linde Hampson Cycle. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.08.Refrigerators using solids as working media. R.Timmerhaus and Thomas M. Medicine. Cryogenic fluid transfer systems Pressure flow-level and temperature measurements. Super Insulations. J. Cryo pumping Applications. Thermal insulation and their performance at cryogenic temperatures. McGraw Hill. Cryogenic Engineering . Powder insulation. Gas liquefaction systems: Introduction-Production of low temperatures. " Cryogenic Process Engineering " Plenum Press. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).–. Types of heat exchangers used in cryogenic systems. Low Temperature properties of Engineering Materials. Joule Thomson expansion. Food Processing.Electric and magnetic properties –Cryogenic fluids and their properties.13 L-T-D: 3-1-0 CRYOGENIC ENGINEERING Credits : 4 MODULE –I Introduction to Cryogenic Systems. Electrical Power.Refrigeration using liquids and gases as refrigerant.Flynn. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Mechanical properties. Stirling Cycle Cryo Coolers. B. Applications of Cryogenics: Applications in space. Cryogenic Engineering. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 150 . 2. Magnetic Cooling.General Liquefaction systems. New York. Scott 4.Liquefaction systems for Neon.Thermal properties. Boll Jr University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Law temperature properties of engineering materials: MODULE –II Liquefaction systems ideal system. super Conductivity. Electronics and Cutting Tool Industry.Barron.

transducers for biological applications principles.Application and Design. Leslie Cromwell. polymers.C. Academic and passive transducers. different types . Academic Press Inc. EEG machine. propagation of action potential through nerves.lung machine. ceramics. An Introduction to Materials in Medicine. MODULE III Biomaterials:. Mechanics of lower limb.Different types of biomaterials . kidneys. John Wiley & Sons. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. B. Medical instrumentation . New York. ECG machine. glass ceramics. Biomedical lnstrumentation and Measurements rentice Hall of India. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. 1990 3. EMG machine. Boston. D.Webster. References 1. conduction velocity and latency. Jacob Kline. Text book of Medical Physiology – C..BP monitors.Structure.Ratner and Hoffman.Pferffer. Handbook of Biomedical Engineering. Tata McGraw Hill.S. R.Weibell and Erich A. Guyton. Fred J. glasses. Transducers. 6.805. Defibrillator. Leads & Electrodes: Transducers . Artificial bio-implants – Dental implants. heart valves. John G. Therapeutic equipments .Khandpur.Mechanics of lower limb during standing and walking. Cartilage and synovial fluid. implantable transducers. 5. 4. Handbook of Biomedical Instrumentation . -. Houghton Mifflin company. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.Cobbold. Reactions to biomaterials inflammation. immunology and compliment system. 2. Biomechanics: Motion. 8. Heart . structural mechanics. upper limb and Spine. Springer. Orthopaedic mechanics:. Electrical activity of heart. PH meter. Y. Fung. Material properties. John C. joints.D. composites. properties and rheology of bone.Pacemakers.Flow stress and Growth. Introduction (Brief description only) to Diagnosis and Therapeutic equipments: Diagnosis equipments .metals. Dynamics and analysis of human locomotion. 7.08. wound healing & foreign body response. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).14 BIO MEDICAL ENGINEERING L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 MODULE I Human Anatomy & physiology: Anatomy & Physiology of major systems of the body. New Delhi. MODULE II Biodynamics:. prostheses and orthotics. Transducers for Biomedical Measurements. New Delhi. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 151 . Principle of generation and propagation of Bioelectric potentials. M.

Component Lead Wire Strain Relief Natural convection and radiation cooling: Natural Convection for Flat Vertical Plates -Natural Convection for Flat Horizontal Plates -Heat Transferred by Natural Convection -Turbulent Flow with Natural Convection -Finned Surfaces for Natural Convection Cooling . Transient cooing: Simple Insulated Systems -Thermal Capacitance -Time Constant Heating Cycle Transient Temperature Rise -Temperature Rise for Different Time Constants -Cooling Cycle Transient Temperature Change -Transient Analysis for Temperature Cycling Tests.Mounting Components on PCBs . 152 . Microcomputers.Steady State Conduction.Electrically Isolating High-Power Components. Satellites. Electronic Equipment for Airplanes.Steady State Heat Transfer. Cooling : direct cooling and indirect cooling. solid state thermoelectric cooling.Circuit Board with an Aluminum Heat Sink Core.08. and Spacecraft . forced liquid system cooling.15 THERMAL MANAGEMENT OF ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 Module 1 Introduction to the modes of heat transfer -Conduction.heat sink. Convection and Radiation. spray cooling-Environment stress screening techniques: damage during thermal cycling and vibration. single axis and multi axis vibration.Different Altitude and Power Conditions. heat pipe. Static Pressure Losses for Various Altitude Conditions -Total Pressure Drop for Various Altitude Conditions -Finned Cold Plates and Heat Exchangers -Pressure Losses in Multiple-Fin Heat Exchangers -Fin Efficiency Factor -Undesirable Airflow Reversals -High-Power Cabinet Effects of Altitude on Heat Exchanger Performance .Heat Conduction across Interfaces at High Altitudes -Outgassing at High Altitudes. jet impingement cooling.air flow direction.Mounting Electronic Components on Brackets -Uniformly Distributed Heat Sources.Transient Heat Transfer -Practical thermal resistances-Theoretical power dissipation in electronic components-Heat generation in active Devices-CMOS Devices.Heat Conduction through Sheet Metal Covers.Radiation Heat Transfer in Space –view factor -Effects of cy/e on Temperatures in Space -Simplified Radiation Heat Transfer Equation – Combining Convection and Radiation Heat Transfer -Equivalent Ambient Temperature for Reliability Predictions Module III Forced convection cooling: Forced Cooling Methods -Cooling Airflow Direction for Fans Static Pressure and Velocity Pressure -Losses Expressed in Terms of Velocity Heads.Warping on PCBs with metal heat sink-Chassis with Non uniform Wall Sections.Junction FET.Electronic Equipment for Ships and Submarines -Electronic Equipment for Communication Systems and Ground Support Systems -Personal Computers. Mounting and cooling techniques for electronic components Various Types of Electronic Components on PCB .effect of altitude.Natural Convection Analog Resistor Networks -Natural Convection Cooling for PCBs -Natural Convection Coefficient for Enclosed Airspace -High-Altitude Effects on Natural Convection.Two-Dimensional Analog Resistor Networks -Heat Conduction across Interfaces in Air .Cutoff Switches -High-Altitude Conditions Conditioned Cooling Air from an External Source .Power MOSFET-Heat generated in passive devices. Missiles.805.flow impedance curve for electronics box. orientation of circuit boards within the chassis. and Microprocessors-Cooling Specifications for Electronics -Specifying the Power Dissipation Module II Conduction cooling for chassis and circuit boards: Concentrated Heat Sources.Mounting High-Power Transistors on a Heat Sink Plate .InterconnectsResistors-Capacitors -Inductors and Transformers-Thermal engineering software. Establishing the Flow Impedance Curve for an Electronic Box-Hollow Core PCBs Cooling Air Fans for Electronic Equipment -Air Filters.cooling airflow curve-finned cold plates and heat exchangers-fin efficiency factor—undesirable airflow reversals. Radiation Cooling of Electronics .

. John Wiley & Sons. Ralph Remsberg.Hijikata. Yunus A Cengel. H. Heat Transfer: A Practical Approach. New York 6. Sadik Kakac.Yuncu.E. Holman J P. Thermal design pf electronic equipment.K. McGraw Hill Inc. Nag P K. Heat Transfer. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 153 . University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). H.Hijikata. Dave S. John Wiley and sons 8.P. Thermal management of electronic systems 5. Frank P. Incropera and David P.Sauliniar. Heat and Mass Transfer..Beyna. J. J.Bardon. CRC Press LLC 2. Dewitt. Heat and Mass Transfer. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Steinberg Cooling Techniques for Electronic Equipment..B. Cooling of electronic systems 4. 7. Inc 3. Tata McGraw Hill Inc. New York.References: 1.

Summation Convention. Second-Order Tensors. J. Surface. E. Cauchy Stress Principle. Areas. Octahedral Shear Stress Kinematics of Deformation and Motion . Stretch Tensors. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Plane Stress.The Continuum Concept. T. Stress Transformation Laws.08. Velocity Gradient. Linear Momentum Principle.N. Rotation Tensor. Entropy and the Clausius-Duhem Equation. Y. Continuity Equation. Matrices and Determinants. --2nd ed. The Piola-Kirchhoff Stress Tensors. Lagrangian and Eulerian Descriptions. Law of Conservation of Energy. Invariance.Balance Laws. Tensor Fields. Airy Stress Function. Indicial Notation.H. Vectors. Transformations of Cartesian Tensors. Introduction to Tensor Calculus and Continuum Mechanics. Volumes Module 3 Fundamental Laws and Equations . Lagrangian Equations of Motion. Hooke’s Law for Anisotropic Media. Hooke’s Law for Isotropic Media. Elastic Symmetry. Mohr’s Circles for Stress. Shaums outline. An Introduction to Continuum Mechanics. Deviator and Spherical Stress States. J. Superposition Principle. Integral Theorems of Gauss and Stokes Module 2 Stress Principles . Plane Elasticity. Principal Stress Directions.16 L-T-D: 3-1-0 CONTINUUM MECHANICS Credits : 4 Module 1 Continuum Theory. and Motion. Constitutive Equations. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Sudhakar Nair. Restrictions on Elastic Materials by the Second Law of Thermodynamics. Moment of Momentum (Angular Momentum) Principle.Elasticity. The Displacement Field The Material Derivative. Stretch Ratios. Heinbockel. First Course in Continuum Mechanics (1993) University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. 5. Isotropic Elastostatics and Elastodynamics. Hooke’s Law. Three-Dimensional Elasticity References: 1. Continuum mechanics for engineers. Linear Elasticity . Material Derivative of Line Elements. Deformation. Mass Density. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. An Introduction to Continuum Mechanics. Continuum Mechanics Essential Mathematics . and Volume Integrals. Force and Moment Equilibrium.805. Material Derivatives of Line. Mase & G. Restrictions on Constitutive Equations from Invariance. 3. Fung. Infinitesimal Deformation Theory. 4. Maximum and Minimum Stress Values. Rate of Deformation. Finite Strain Tensors. Equations of Motion. Tensor Calculus. Principal Values and Principal Directions of Symmetric. The Energy Equation.Particles. and Cartesian Tensors. Tensor Symmetry. Deformation Gradients.Scalars. Strain Energy. Continuum_Mechanics.Body and Surface Forces. Principal Stresses. Tensor Algebra in Symbolic Notation. 6. Configurations. Stress.C. Conservation of Mass. Torsion. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 154 . Material and Spatial Coordinates. Reddy. Elastic Constants. Vorticity. Field Equations. G. The Stress Tensor. Mase. Linear Thermoelasticity. 2. Constitutive Equations.

Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Himalaya publishing House University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.types of brand awareness-Brand image-Brand identity-brand personalitybrand positioning-creating core brand values-Bringing brand to life.-product concepts-product mix concepts-product classification Product planning: Marketing plan.Identification of customer needs-Phages in product development.Keller.Market potential and demand forecasting.Karl T Ulrich and Steven D Eppinger : Product Design and development.product life cycle – product lifecycle stages and corresponding strategies Module II New product development-The challenges of product development.17 L-T-D: 3-1-0 PRODUCT AND BRAND MANGEMENT Credits : 4 Module I Definition of a product.Merie Crawford : New Product management. McGraw-Hill Irwin 2. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 155 .08. Product market strategies.805. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. 3.growing and sustaining brand equity-customer based brand equity. 4. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Tata MacGraw Hill. Brand awareness. Kevin Lane : Strategic Brand management.brand extensions-branch licensing and franchising-global branding. Tata McGraw-Hill edition 5.portfolio analysis. products-Benefits of branding-brand attributessignificance of branding to consumers and firms. References: 1. measuring and managing Brand equity.Opportunity identification and selectionconcept generation-concept/project evaluation-Development-Launch (Brief description only) Module III Understanding brands: Brands vs. Building. Donald Lehman: Product management. Chunnawalla: Product Mmanagement.selecting brand name.sources of brand equity-managing brandsbuilding branding strategies.

Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.research methods Vs methodology – criteria for good research Defining research problem. Mahavir – ITPI Reading Material on Planning Techniques.different types – developing a research plan Method of data collection–collection of data.different steps in the preparation – lay out. 2. J.processing options.1989 “How to write and publish a scientific paper”.D. Day Ra.Wordsworth Publishing Company.P.H.literature review – importance of literature review in defining a problem.interpretation of results Module III Report writing – types of report – research report .18 L-T-D: 3-1-0 RESEARCH METHODOLOGY Credits : 4 Module 1 Introduction – meaning of research. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.oral presentation – planning. Ansari.A 1990 . References: 1. The practice and Social Research. 3. Coley. Leedy.objectives of research-motivation in researchtypes of research-research approaches – significance of research.important concepts relating to research design.M and Scheinberg C.selecting the problemnecessity of defining the problem.08. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 156 . Cambridge University Press .1994.observation method.S. Newbury-Sage Publications. research proposal. structure and language of typical reports. Practical research planning and Design.MW Macmillan publishing company.805. practice. Proposal writing.making presentation – answering questions-use of visual aids-quality and proper usage-Importance of effective communication with illustrations. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).simple exercises .interview methodquestionnaire method – processing and analyzing of data. preparation. Earl Babbie. 4. technical papersignificance.what is a research problem. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.types of analysis. 4 th edition . 5.critical literature review – identifying gap areas from literature review Module II Research design–meaning of research design-need–features of good design.

machining process. Molecular motors and machines. MW. nanoclusters. super lattices. Wiley Eastern 7.nano sensors: order from chaos. perception. Ian Hamley.nanomachines: covalent and non covalent approaches. Diffraction Techniques-Spectroscopy Techniques – Raman Spectroscopy.Carbon nanotubes: SW. nanomagnetic materials-magneto resistance. John Mongillo. Surface analysis and depth profiling. characterization. McGraw – Hill education 3. 9 Springer Handbook of Nanotechnology.08. Sensors based on physical properties. pulsed laser methods. CVD.nano computers. W. V.Nano: The essentials . smart dust. Ane books Pvt Ltd 2 . nanosensor based on quantum size effect. nanolayered structures. nanotubes.nanofluids: nanoparticles. Frank J Owens. nanostructured coatings.805. Nanobiosensors. molecular devices. Bharat Bhushan University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Charles P Poole. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Introduction to Nanotechnology. A Subramnya. Nanotechnology. electrodeposition. Nanoscale Science and Technology. Mark Geoghegan. Nano science and Technology. Springer-Verlag. magnetic.K. Nano Technology. thermophysical properties of nanofluids in comparison with base fluid. quantum wires. preparation of nanofluids. Module II Fabrication methods: Top down and bottom up approaches-Top down processes: Milling. Nanotechnology.Mechanical Properties-Magnetic and Thermal properties. Nanomaterials. 8. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 157 . John Wiley and Sons. A. optical and electronic properties. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.Kelsall Robert. Module III Applications of Nanotechnology (nano materials and devices)-Applications of nanocomposites. plasma assisted deposition process. Microscopy techniques: Scanning Electron Microscopy. changes to the system structures. Lithographics. Greenwood Press 4. Bandyopdhyay. single molecular devices.S.Muralidharan. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. MBE.nanoswitches . Jeremy Ramsden 6. Electrochemical sensors. nanocrystalline materials. Scanning Tunneling Microscopy. thermal. chemical methods. quantum wells.19 L-T-D: 3-1-0 NANOTECHNOLOGY Credits : 4 Module I Introduction and scope-Classification of nanostructures: Quantum dots. PVD. Atomic Force Microscopy. Transmission Electron Microscopy. New age international publishers 5. . Gregory Timp. mechanical. practical problems with molecular device. nanocrystalline materials-Effects of nanometer length scale – Changes to the system total energy.Effect of Nanoscale dimensions on various properties – structural. T Pradeep . chemical.nanofilters References: 1. colloidal and solgel methods Characterisation methods: General classification of characterization methods.Bottom up processes: Vapour phase deposition methods.

fuel filter .W. vacuum and air brakes – antilock braking systems. Automotive Mechanics. Internal Combustion Engine and Air Pollution. Standard Publishers Distributors.simple carburettor – modern carburettors. Ignition system: Classification – battery ignition – electronic ignition – starter mechanism – solenoid switch – bendix drives. Lubrication system: Pressurised systems – SAE classification of lubricating oil – oil filter – oil pump. Edward F. Module II Transmission: Clutch – single and multi-plate clutches – centrifugal clutches – fluid couplings. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Engines: Component details – engine parts – cylinder head – cylinder block – piston – piston rings – connecting rod – crank shaft – valve actuating mechanism – combustion chambers. East. Types of wheel: Integrated rim – flat base rim alloy wheel – wheel balancing. hydraulic.West Press Pvt. Cooling system: Methods of cooling – coolant types. types of drives of automobile. Automobile Engineering. References: 1. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.20 L-T-D: 3-1-0 AUTOMOTIVE TECHNOLOGY (P) Credits : 4 Module I Introduction: History and General classification of automobiles.Vol. sliding mesh and synchro mesh gear boxes – over drives – rear wheel and four wheel drives – universal joint – rear axles. 6.. Station Abby. Module III Steering and suspension: Different steering mechanisms – power steering – suspension systems – front axle. Delhi. CRDI. layout of chasis. Modern Transmission System. Automotive Emission Control. (Asia Publishing House). Joseph Hietner. 2. toe-in. A. Tyres: Tubeless tyres – ply ratings – radial tyres. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 158 . University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. rigid axle and independent suspensions – anti-roll bar –coil spring and leaf spring – torsion bar – Macpherson struct shock absorber – steering geometry – castercamber. 3. toe-out. Kirpal Singh. Crouse 5. Practical Automobile Engineering. H. I & II. Fuel systems: Fuel pump . Petrol injection – MPFI. W. Gear box: Principle and necessity of manual gear box – constant mesh. Madras. Obert.805.08. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Judge 4. Ltd. Brakes: Mechanical.

3. temperature and strain rate. Applied Science.. 1985. “Mechanical Behavior of Materials”.08. grain boundary strengthening. Design for creep resistance: Design of transient creep time. “Creep and Fatigue in High Temperature Alloys”. Boyle J. brittle to ductile from low temperature to high temperature. 1990. 5. hot gas corrosion deposit. 2. TCP phase. Nickel base and Cobalt base super alloys. solidification of single crystals. 4th Edition. R. fracture maps for different alloys and oxides. Pilling. 6. strain hardening. cleavage fracture.T. Butterworths.. Module III Super alloys and other materials: Iron base. 1983. USA. 4. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Courtney T. solid solution strengthening.21 L-T-D: 3-1-0 HIGH TEMPERATURE MATERIALS Credits : 4 Module I Creep: Factors influencing functional life of components at elevated temperatures. UK. Spencer J. effect of alloying elements on hot corrosion. “Deformation and Fracture Mechanics of Engineering materials”. McGraw-Hill. ductile fracture due to micro void coalescence-diffusion controlled void growth. Bressers. 1981. American Society for Metals. J. “Flow and Fracture at Elevated Temperatures”. various stages of creep. Monkman-Grant relationship. high temperature ceramics. Raj. Bedworth ratio.H. hardening. USA. Oxidation and hot corrosion: Oxidation. fluxing mechanisms.805. metallurgical factors influencing various stages.. methods of combat hot corrosion. ductile and brittle materials. McLean D. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. modified hot gas corrosion. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 159 . definition of creep curve. John Wiley. composition control. expressions of rupture life of creep. REFERENCES: 1. W. precipitation hardening by gamma prime. Module II Fracture: Various types of fracture. interaction of hot corrosion and creep. Hertzberg R. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. effect of stress. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). 1985. embrittlement. “Stress Analysis for Creep”. “Directionally Solidified Materials for High Temperature Service”. The Metals Society.. 1996. Intermetallics. USA. USA. kinetic laws of oxidationdefect structure and control of oxidation by alloy additions.

“Occupational Safety Management and Engineering”. 4.ISBN: 0131423924 2.History and development of Industrial safety – implementation of factories Act – formation of various council – safety and productivity – safety organizations. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.machining shop – drilling – polishing machine – safety in assembly shop – material handling – dock safety – safety in generation and distribution of power – distribution and handling of industrial gases – safety in inspection – safety in chemical laboratories – ammonia printing – safety in power press – safety in sewage – disposal and cleaning. 2003 ..V. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). safety and the physical committees – safety committees structure – roll of management and roll of Govt. “Industrial safety and the law”. Prentice Hall. fatigue. “Industrial Safety and Health Management”. Module II Operational safety (Hot Metal Operation): Hot metal operation – safety in Cutting – safety in welding – safety in Boilers. 5th edition. “Safety in Industry”. Module III Accident prevention and protective equipments: Personal protective equipment – survey the plant for locations and hazards – part of body to be protected. analysis. Fifth Edition.ISBN: 0138965153 3. ButterworthHeinemann. “Safety Law For Occupational Health and Safety”. 1998.Code and regulations for worker safety and health. Trivandrum. Nair Publishers. Krishnan.Pressure vessels – Furnace (all types) . REFERENCES: 1. safety and the physical environment: Control of industrial noise and protection against it. 5th Edition. House keeping – first aid – fire fighting equipment – Accident reporting – investigations. Safety in Industrial pollution and control – working at height. John Ridley. Willie Hammer. P. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 160 .22 L-T-D: 3-1-0 INDUSTRIAL SAFETY ENGINEERING Credits : 4 Module I Introduction to the development of industrial safety and management . in industrial safety . John Channing. ISBN: 075064559 University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Education and training in safety – prevention causes and cost of accident. 2000 . “Occupational safety manual” – BHEL.rolling – forging . Industrial psychology in accident prevention – safety trials. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.surface hardening – casting – Moulding – coiling. stress.C. The Acts which deal the safety and industrial hygiene: Features of Factory Act – explosive Act – boiler Act – ESI Act – workman’s compensation Act – industrial hygiene – occupational safety – diseases prevention – ergonomics. 6. N. Operational safety (cold metal operation): Safety in handling of portable power tools – hand grinder . Prentice Hall. Ray Asfahl C.Heat treatment processes shops – electroplating – grinding – forming processes. Engineering methods of controlling chemical hazards..805.M.08. Health. Occupational diseases. Jaico publishers House – 1996 5.

Engineering Design. Morphology of Design. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). value analysis. how to price a product. Design for assembly. Richard Morris. profitability. Mc Graw Hill. inflation. visual aids and graphics.08. Modeling and simulation. simple design examples. optimization. design for corrosion resistance. Methods of optimum design Module-II Material selection. Chris Rose Elsevier Science and Technology books 3. Design for reliability. Cost evaluation. The design Process. residual stresses in design. life cycle costing. Design for brittle fracture and fatigue fracture. depreciation. design examples. Design Drawings. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 161 . Mechanical Engineering Design. mathematical modeling and computer simulation.23 L-T-D: 3-1-0 ENGINEERING DESIGN Credits : 4 Module-I Engineering activities.Steps. Material selection process. Module-III Economic decision making. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Role of processing in design.Dixon 4. The Engineering Profession. sensitivity and break even analysis. Design for welding. Design for Machining. search methods. Probabilistic approach to design. review of CAD. cost versus performance relations. Design for Casting. weighted property index. 2. Mathew Philip. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Evaluation methods for materials. cost models Failure analysis. Nondestructive testing methods. Product Life Cycle. Communicating the design. Failure modes. Design Engineering Harry Cather. Techniques for failure analysis. designing with plastics. Reliability theory. Causes of failures.FDM. Design Engineering-John R. Dieter.FEM . REFERENCES 1. linear programming. George E. categories of cost. method of developing cost estimates. Creative problem solving and decision making. Performance characteristics of materials. Ethics in Engineering.A Materials and Processing Approach.805. Shigley University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. recording of results and writing technical reports. cost comparison.

crawler details . 3..Valve mechanism components Cooling system .Liquid cooling system .Engine balancing . Moscow.Basic engine performance characteristics.Tractors.Classification . " Tractor and Automobiles ".Fuel pumps. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. methods of selection of equipments. MIR Publishers. 1975 4. Agricultural Implements: Working attachment of tractors .Air cleaner and turbo charger . from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) L-T-D: 3-1-0 162 . Geleman and M.Construction and operation of the valve mechanism . Layout of wheeled tractor. Kolchin. References: 1. A.Rodicheva.08. hydraulic control system. brakes and braking system. selection of machines. 1987. power take off. tractor stability and ride characteristics Layout of crawler tractors.Connecting rods and crankshafts .Safety rules. Publishers. Cylinder and pistons .General engine design . MIR. 1977 University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.805. MI1R Publishers Moscow.Classification . MODULE III Control System of Tractors: Power transmission. basic rules for matching machines. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.Farm equipment .Farm tractors. Guruvech and B. Lubricating system servicing and troubles . . Lambert Henry. TATA McGraw Hill Publications. 2. Sorekin. selection based on weather conditions. selection of equipments including the nature of operating selection based on the type of soil. MIR Publishers. Maskovin. power transmission.Components.Auxiliary equipment Trailers and body tipping mechanism. and V. steering clutch and braking system in crawler tractors.A. rims and tyres and accessories of wheeled tractors. 1975 5. MODULE II Power Plant in Tractors: Engine cycles – Operation of multicylinder engines . wheels.Fuel tanks and filters .Farm machinery and equipment. 1972. . Harris Pearson & Wilkes.24 TRACTORS & FARM EQUIPMENTS Credits : 4 MODULE I General Design of Tractors: Classification of tractors . Smith . selection based on haul distance. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Rodichev and G. steering system.Demidov " Design of Automotive engines for tractor ".Main components of tractor .

SAE Transactions. MODULE .S.assembly format of 8085 . Instruction set instruction format .. 8279.a/d and d/a converters .estimation of execution times. Aditya.temperature control .multiple precision addition and subtraction .805. 1989.timing diagrams .automotive applications engine control. high precision learning control system for the engine control. " Microprocessor Architecture Programming and Applications". suspension system control. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 163 .25 EMBEDED SYSTEM IN AUTOMOBILES L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 MODULE .S. III Edition.. MODULE -II Assembly language programmimg construct of the language programming . 8255.III Interfacing devices types of interfacing devices ... " Microprocessor Application in Automoblies ". Wiley Eastern Ltd. New Delhi. New Delhi. Ahson. Goankar. Tata McGraw-Hill. " Microprocessors with Applications in Process Control ".S. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.assembly directive . 1986 Sec 3.bcd to binary and binary to bcd.addressing modes .08. 1986.input / output ports 8212.stepper motor control .. References: 1.different machine cylces . Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Co Ltd. development of a high speed. dma .Labella.I Architecture general 8 bit micropocessor and its architecture 8085.function of different sections.Mathur. 6.Bianco and A. 4. Jabez Dhinagar. 1986. Elsevier science publishers. z-80 and mc 6800 mpu and its pin function . division.interrupt driven i/o. Ramesh. " Introduction to Microprocessors ". led' rom and ram s interfacing. driver information systems).architecture . L. 1986. 3.I. Applications data acquisitions . New Delhi. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. multiplication. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). " Automotive Micro Electronics ". octal latches and tristate buffers .P. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.instruction set of 8085 mpu-t-state machine cycle and instruction cycles . 8251. code conversion using look up tables stack and subroutines. Data transfer schemes interrupt structure . 5.switches.serial i/o.fetch and execute operations .programmed i/o . 2.

Clutch torque capacity of clutch.moments and stresses on frame members. design details of roller and sprag type of clutches. .K. Drive line and read axle computer aided design of propeller shaft. choice of bearings. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. 3. 1982..J. New York.N. llliffe Books Ltd. " Automotive Chassis ". Heldt. aided design of leaf springs . 4. References: 1. 5. 1992. London. determination of bearing loads at kingpin bearings. " Mechanics of Road vehicles ". Giles.semi-floating and three quarter floating rear shafts and rear axle housings. " Motor vehicle ". Heldt. MODULE . Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.P. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) L-T-D: 3-1-0 164 .G. London.moments and stresses at different sections of front axle. 2..M.. Chilton Co.III Gear box computer aided design of three speed and four speed gear boxes. determination of optimum dimensions and proportions for steering linkages ensuring minimum error in steering. " Automobile Mechanics ".coil springs and torsion bar springs. Khanna Publisher.M. " Suspension and tyres ". Steeds. 1988. 1982. llliffe Books Ltd. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Chilton Book Co. llliffe Books Ltd.W. computer aided design of clutch components.. 1996 University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. 6. " Torque converter ".08. Dean Averns. Giri. design details of final drive gearing.. 7.805. computer aided design of frame for passenger and commercial vehicle . 1990.I Vehicle frame and suspension study of loads .. Steeds & Garret. New York. Steering.26 COMPUTER AIDED VEHICLE DESIGN Credits : 4 MODULE . 1992. wheel spindle bearings.. " Automobile Chassis Design ". London.. MODULE -II Front axle and steering systems analysis of loads . New Delhi. design details of full floating.. llliffe Books Ltd.

Starting and ignition – Precautions in propellant handling. Performance parameters for chemical rockets and their relationship. Comparative study of performance characteristics applications. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Measurement System Terminology.806. P. electrical nuclear and solar rockets.Types. Igniters liquid propellants. References. Flight Testing.Velocity and attitude in simplified vertical Refractory staging of rockets.Hybrid Rockets combustion processes in SPR and LPR combustion instability. Mechanics and Thermodynamics of propulsion3.Airscrew. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).ELECTIVE V 08.Classification. Sutton Hill and Peterson Mathur and Sharma University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. simple problems.burning rate.I Fundamentals of Propulsion. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 165 .1 PROPULSION ENGINEERING L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 Module.Test facilities and safeguards. nozzles turbine and compression matching – Thrust.Classification. Turbojet.Control of instabilities – Cooling of Rocket motors Flight Performance. Gas Turbines and Jet and Rocket PropulsionG. turbines. properties and specifications. Liquid propellant feed systems injectors. Theory of propulsion – Thrust. Rocket propulsiongeneral operating principles of chemical. Ramjet.air intakes. Rocket Testing.III Chemical Rockets. turbofan. Turboprop. Turboshaft. Selection.Typical fuels and oxidizers. Thermodynamics analysis of turbojet engine cycle. Solid propellants. Pulsejet and Rocket engines. thrust power and efficiencies of turbojet engine. Compressors.Classification types of propulsive devices. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.grain Configurations. Rocket Propulsion elements2. Combustion chambers. Module. Energy and efficiencies.augumentation. Module II Turbojet engine components. Scramjet. 1.

Textile processing etc. Refrigerated warehouse . duct work design – variation of air pressure along a duct. Cold storage. trailers and containers. Relation between air velocity and freezing time. Calculation of freezing time. Module II Processing. Poultry. Beverage Products. References 1. Theories and methods of chilling and freezing. Design of cold storage and frozen stores . Vegetables. marine refrigeration. Food storage requirement. printing plants. Fruit Juice Concentrates and Bakery products. Computer Centre . Duct sizing. System Design – Ventilation requirements. single duct variable air temperature and volume controls. Drying during constant and falling the above periods. Elementary ideas of the controls used in chilled water plants. Railway refrigerated cars.806. Methods of Food Preservation :Microbiology of foods. Heating and ventilating control.(3 Volumes) University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Laboratories. Automobile air conditioning Air conditioning for Aircrafts. Control systems diagram. Refrigerated trucks. Heating and cooling loads. Refrigeration in Air transport. Review of the components of a vapor compression system. Module III Industrial Air conditioning – for different type of Buildings – Hospitals. frozen storages. Refrigeration in chemical Industry. Theaters. storage and distribution of chilled and frozen foods. Introduction to Automatic control systems – components of control systems. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Eggs.08. Heat velocity of foods. Relation between moisture content and time.2 INDUSTRIAL REFRIGERATION L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 Module I Brief Review of the methods of refrigeration – Air vapor compression and vapor absorption refrigeration systems. Plant air flow design. Such as Meat. Refrigeration load in freezers. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Fruits. ASHRAE Date Book. Fish. ships and in space crafts. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 166 . Temperature – Time graph of Freezing process. Principles of Refrigeration – Dossat 2. Dairy products.

Eugene . 8. Control chart for attributes –control chart for proportion or fraction defectives – p chart and np chart – control chart for defects – C and U charts. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Reliability improvements – techniques. Quality cost-Variation in process.08.factors – process capability – process capability studies and simple problems – Theory of control chart. 5. Mean failure rate. 4.806. double. Minimum inspection per lot.3 INDUSTRIAL QUALITY CONTROL L-T-D: 3-1-0 Module 1 Credits : 4 Introduction. system reliability. 3. Grant. “Reliability Engineering”.Lot by lot sampling – types – probability of acceptance in single. Economics of inspections . series. parallel and mixed configuration – simple problems. Maintainability and availability – simple problems.C. State of control and process out of control identification in charts.uses of control chart – Control chart for variables – X chart. Affiliated East west press Monohar Mahajan. multiple sampling techniques – The Operating characteristic curve– producer’s Risk and consumer’s Risk. “Statistical Quality control”.D.C. Module II The concept of Acceptance sampling.Srinath. Khanna Publishers Danny Samson. 7.L “Statistical Quality Control”.H. mean time between failure. “Statistical Quality Control”. Prentice Hall Connor. “ Practical Reliability Engineering”.use of Pareto analysis – design for reliability – redundancy unit and standby redundancy – Optimization in reliability – Product design – Product analysis – Product development – Product life cycles. 2. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 167 . AQL. LTPD. References.Gupta.. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). benefits and limitation of SQC. R chart and σ chart.O. mean time to failure. “Inspection Quality Control and Reliability”. Dhanpat Rai & Sons R. AOQL conceptsstandard sampling plans for AQL and LTPD.uses of standard sampling plans.T. definition of SQC. 1. Quality assurance. definition of quality.. McGraw-Hill L.. Formulation of Inspection lots and selection of samples.S. Khanna Publishers Besterfield D. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Module III Life testing – Objective – failure data analysis. P. “Manufacturing & Operations Strategy”. 6. hazard rate. Prentice Hall Sharma S. basic concept of quality. John Wiley University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. “Quality Control”.

Spray design. Overall heat transfer co-efficient. 1992. References: 1.08. Module II Design of double pipe Exchanges – Shell and tube pipe exchangers – The tubular element – Tube pitch – Shells – Tube sheet – Baffles – Tube sheet layout and tube counts (tube matrix) – V-band Exchangers – Shell side film coefficients – Shell side mean velocity – Shell side Equivalent diameter – The true temperature difference in 1-2 Exchanger – Shell side and tube side pressure drips – Fouling factors – Design of a shell and type – Type 1 Exchangers – Extended surface exchangers – Design of a Finned type double pipe exchanger – Longitudinal Fins and Transverse fin. " Cooling Tower ".. A Text book on Heat Transfer – S. 2. Second Edition. D. Hemisphere Publishing Corporation. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.Kern. Pressure loss. Computation of total pressure drop of shell side and tube side for both baffled and unbaffled types – Pressure drop in pipes and pipe annulus..Hewitt and N.Afgan " Heat Exchangers ". T.Sukatme. Logarithmic mean temperature difference (LMTD). London. Friction factor. Counter flow and parallel flow. 3. Cooling Towers : Packing. Types of failures. 1980. Regenerators and Recuperators.F. John Wiley & Sons. 4.P. Tata McGraw Hill. Shell and Tube Heat Exchangers. Holger Martin. 5. " Heat Exchanger Design ". Effectiveness. McGraw Hill Book Co. New Delhi. Plate type evaporators. 1997. Theory and Pratice. Experimental Methods. 1996. Walker. TEMA standards University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.A Basic Guide. 6. " Process Heat Transfer ". " Industrial Heat Exchangers " . Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Channel divergence. " Heat Exchangers ".Frass. New York.Taborek. Nicholas Cheremisioff.4 L-T-D: 3-1-0 DESIGN OF HEAT TRANSFER EQUIPMENT Credits : 4 Module I Classification and General features of heat Exchangers. Ann Arber Science pub. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 168 .. G.Thermal Stress in tubes. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Condensers – Condensation of a single vapour –Dropwise and film wise condensation – Process applications – Condensation on a surface – Development of equation for calculation – Comparison between horizontal and vertical condensers – The allowable pressure drop for a condensing vapour – Influence of impurities on condensation – Condensation of steam – Design of a surface condenser – Different types of boiling . 1981. Arthur P. 7.806.Industrial Applications. Edition. Testing and Maintenance. Effect of Turbulence. NTU – Effectiveness– Calculation of heat transfer area by different methods – Caloric or average fluid temperature – The pipe wall temperature. McGraw Hill Book Co.Q. Fans and Pipes. Module III Design of Evaporators: Design of Shell and Tube. Temperature distribution and its implications. Selection of pumps. 1980.

Patent search .Wheeler Publishing ". Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Pitman Publishing Ltd. " Managing technological innovation".quality standards . Allahabad. Harry Nystrom. 1992.the need for creativity and innovation ..creativity and problem solving . Brain research . 1992.screening ideas for new products (evaluation techniques).P. Prentice Hall Inc. 5.806.N.factors contributing to successful technological innovation .introducing new products. New Delhi. Creative design ." Fourth Eye (Excellence through Creativity) .Patents .R. Module III Design of proto type . University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. 1997. 1979. Module II Collection of ideas and purpose of project . 2.Patent laws International code for patents . Bulletins..Intellectual property rights (IPR).Model Preparation . Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Harry B. " New Product Planning ".Testing .Khandwalla .different techniques. Research and new product development . I. " Creativity and innovation". from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 169 . John Wiley & Sons. TIFAC.08. 3. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).Watton.5 L-T-D: 3-1-0 CREATIVITY AND PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT Credits : 4 Module I The process of technological innovation . P.brain storming .cost evaluation .testing .Selection criteria . 1992. 4.Patent application References: 1.

806.P. VED. FSN. Purchasing – Purchase organization – legal aspects of buying – Purchase Procedure. Store and Material control – Receipts and issues – Stores Record. Inventory Management 3. Classification systems and selective Inventory control – ABC.Gopalakrishnan .6 COMPUTERIZED MATERIALS MANAGEMENT L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 MODULE . Make or buy decisions – Materials Requirements Planning Concept.Shah . Development of Computer Programme for forecasting.II Inventory control – Basic methods in Inventory – Assumptions used in deriving models. MODULE . Development of Computer Programme for ABC analysis – Codification and standardization Systems and Techniques. HML.Tershine University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). 3-D approaches.08. Scientific Inventory Management 2. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Price breaks and quantities – Effects of variations in leadtime and demand. Time series analysis. Effects in Cost.I Introduction to Materials management – Importance of material management and its role in industries. Materials Management 4. Use of Indian Standards for Vendor rating. Design of Inventory control systems. Delphi and other Group techniques. Systems of Inventory control. The need for the integrated approach in Material management Demand forecasting – Various qualitative and quantitative methods of demand forecasting – Different type of averaging. Correction for fluctuations. Coverage analysis in Material management. Inventory costs and EOQ model. Effects of shortage cost on EOQ.R. Introduction to JIT philosophy – Features and impact in Materials Management. Methods and principles of Storing and retrieving items.M . and MUSIC. REFERENCES 1.Bnchan & Kbenigsberg . Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. MODULE -III Vendor rating and source selection. Material handling devices used in stores – Application of Computers in Material handling – Design of informatic systems for procurement and storage using computer. Exponentially weighed smoothening. Principles of Inventory management . Techniques and materials. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 170 . Development of simple Computer Programme for forecasting.Starr & Miller . methods and illustration examples. Integrated Material management 5.

variance.weakly stationary and strongly stationary random processes . McGraw Hill 3. Kogakusha Ltd.H. “Probability.normal distribution .. McGraw Hill 4.spectral classification of random processes (narrow band.joint probability distribution of two random variables .Rayleigh distribution Module III Response to random excitations . mode. characteristic functions and log characteristic functions. Rice S. McGraw Hill. & Tang W. skewness and kurtosis) .covariance and correlation mean and variance . John Wiley 171 ..Venn diagram .time averages and correlation functions . Papoulies A.extreme value distributions .D. Useful probability distributions . Bendat & Piersol.simple events and combination of events .basic axioms of probability .moment generating and probability . “Probability Theory In Structural Dynamics”.contour integration .joint properties of ergodic random processes cross-correlation functions for linear systems .negative binomial distribution .theorem of total probability .level crossing expected frequency and amplitude of narrow band Gaussian processes . Lutes L.lognormal distribution .beta distribution . “Stochestic Process & Random of spectral density functions . “Mathematical Analysis Of Random Noise”.mutually exclusive events and collectively exhaustive events . Vol.De Morgan’s rule .. wide band. 9.Fourier transforms .moments of functions of random variables Module II Random processes .functions of single random variable . John Wiley 5.response of a single degree of freedom system to random excitation . “Random Vibration in Mechanical Systems”.D.. 6. Random Variables And Stochastic Processes”. Academic Press 8.conditional probability statistical independence . John Wiley 2.introduction .impulse response and frequency response function as Fourier transform pair . Ang A. in “Selected Papers on Noise and Stochastic Processes”.response of multi-degree of freedom system to random excitations .introduction .power spectral density functions . “Random Data Analysis And Measurement Procedure”.gamma distribution .H.Bayes’ theorem . I.ensemble averages and correlation functions . Meirovitch L.main descriptors of a random variable (mean.806.H.joint properties of stationary random processes ..definition of a random variable .single function of multiple random variables . & Mark W.. “Elements of Vibration Analysis”.geometric distribution . coefficient of variation. Wiley Inter Science..K. Shahram Sarkoni.probability distribution and probability distribution and probability density of discrete and continuous random variables . standard deviation.binomial distribution . Crandall S.G.probability density and distribution functions properties of autocorrelation functions . “Probability Concepts in Engineering Planning and Design”.joint and conditional probability distributions .7 L-T-D: 3-1-0 RANDOM VIBRATIONS Credits : 4 Module I Basic probability concepts .ergodic random processes .absolute moments and central moments .response of a linear system function to stationary random excitation .Wiener-Khintchine equations . Over Publications 7.multiple functions of multiple random variables . “Stochastre Analysis of Structural & Mechanical Vibration”.08.response of one -dimensional continuous systems to random excitations References: 1.elements of set theory .standard normal distribution . Inc. Jullius Solnes.S. Prentice Hall. median. Lin Y.Poisson process and Poisson distribution hypergeometric distribution . white noise) .

Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 172 . covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.

covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).8 ADVANCED KINEMATICS OF MACHINES L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 MODULE I Kinematics Pairs : Classifications of kinematics pairs – Number of points of support in a plane – Subdivision of higher pairs – Kinematics chains – Classification of Kinematics chains – Coupler curves : Definition and Equation – Roberts law – Cognate linkages – Cognate of the slider crank – Double points of a coupler curve – Coupler curve atlas . Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.08. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 173 . MODULE II The Euler – Savarg equation and its graphical representation – Determination of the Centre of Curvature of the path of a point – Euler savarg equation for points between the instantaneous centre and the inflexion point – General form of the Euler – Savarg equation – Relation between the position of a point in the movable plane and the centre of the curvature of its path – The inflection circle – Envelops and generation curves – Transformation of Euler – Savarg equation – Graphical construction – Construction of the inflexion centre if the centre of the curvature of both centrodes are known . An Introduction to the Synthesis of mechanism : Two position of link – Three position of a link – The pole triangle and practical application. Analytical Design of 4 bar Mechanism for co-ordinated motion of the crank: Fneuden – Steins equations – Sample design – Three co-ordinate crank position – Co-ordinates of the crank velocities and derivatives – Design of a four bar mechanism for constant angular velocity ratio of the cranks – Choice of knecesion points . Kinematics of Mechanism .Rosenouver and Willis 2. Hall University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Linkage Design . Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.Jr. MODULE III Kinematics chains of n-links : Number of lines of centres – Kinematics chains with constrained motion – Minimum number of hinges in one link in a closed chain with constrained motion – General analysis of Kinematics chains – Transformation of kinematics chain by the use of higher hinges – Replacement of turning pairs by sliding pairs – Criterion of constrained motion for Kinematic chain with higher pairs . REFERENCES 1.806.

. Vikas publisher University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Pandey I. TMH 2. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.determinants .ratio analysis Module II Statement of change in financial position . "Financial Management".08.equity . from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 174 .M. market .C. ADR etc. "Financial Management".debt . Max well Macmillan 4.other financial instruments . Shapiro A.discounted cash flow techniques (NPV & IRR) Module III Working capital: nature . McGraw Hill 5. Prasanna overview on Indian financial system Financial analysis . TMH 3.traditional technique .evaluation techniques .. "Financial Management".9 L-T-D: 3-1-0 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT Credits : 4 Module I Introduction .806. "Modern Corporate Finance". References: 1. Brealey & Onyers. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.functions objectives of financial management .finance and related disciplines scope of financial management . covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).financial statement analysis .computation of working capital Sources of corporate finance .stock exchanges .foreign investments and financing sources .working capital basis only Capital budgeting: nature . Khan & Jain.Euro currency market. Euro issues. "Principles of corporate Finance”.

Hill Book Company.FMS control software . Groover.08.NC programming with interactive graphics Module II Manufacturing systems .NC part programming punched tape .application of computers for design manufacturing data base.components of FMS .tape coding and format .computer aided design fundamentals of CAD . Prentice Hall of India.simulation and analysis of FMS .Job coding and classification .development of manufacturing system .automated guided vehicles . Production Systems and Computer Integrated Manufacturing”.tools and tooling .economics of FMS .artificial intelligence References : 1.programming of robots assembly & inspection Module III Flexible manufacturing system management .computer assisted part programming .motion control system . Prentice Hall of India 3. Emory & Zimmers.hardware . Numerical control of machine tools. Groover M.fixtures .approaches to modelling for FMS .pallets .input/output devices – software . Prentice Hall of India 2. “Automation.benefits of FMS . covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).simulation procedure .APT language .mini/micro computers and programmable controllers .types of memory . Joseph Talavage & Hannam. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 175 .FMS work station .806.head indexers . “Flexible Manufacturing Systems in Practice”. Marcel Dekker Inc.basic components of NC systems .the design process .network simulation . McGraw.tool management . 4.application of numerical control .manning of FMS .work handling equipments system storage . Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.FMS design . Kant Vajpayee.NC coordinate systems . “Principles of Computer Integrated Manufacturing”. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.machining centres .controlling precision .industrial robots . 5. “CAD/CAM Computer Aided Design and Manufacturing”. “Computer Control of Manufacturing Systems”.10 L-T-D: 3-1-0 FLEXIBLE MANUFACTURING METHODS Credits : 4 Module I Introduction Computer technology .manual part programming .P. Yoram technology . University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.

Historical background. Governing equations: continuity and momentum equations. Analytical solution of a one-dimensional convection diffusion equation.... Anderson Dale A.11 L-T-D: 3-1-0 COMPUTATIONAL FLUID DYNAMICS Credits : 4 Module I Introduction to CFD. Typical boundary conditions such as Dirichlets and Neumann conditions. Turbulence models: Baldwin-Lomax and k-ε models only. References: 1. “Computational Techniques for Fluid Dynamics I.806. & Malalasekera W. explicit and Crank-Nicolson schemes.Steady and unsteady flows. Taylor & Francis 2. Method of drawing a velocity vector. Eddy diffusivity. Taylor & Francis University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.08. advantages. “Computational Fluid Mechanics and Heat Transfer”. Density based solutions for compressible flow.. . Springer Verlag 4. TDMA method. Characteristics of turbulent flow. “Numerical Heat Transfer and Fluid Flow”. Patankar Suhas V. & Pletcher Richard H. Solution of Lagrangian coordinates of a fluid particle. Turbulent Kinetic energy and dissipation rate. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 176 . applications. Near wall treatments and wall functions. Fletcher C.. Module III Pressure-velocity decoupling for incompressible flows . method for generating stream line. “An introduction to Computational Fluid Dynamics” Longman 3.A. Euler and Navier-Stokes equations. Meshes. Structured and unstructured mesh. Stream lines. Commerical CFD packages.K. Classification of structured grids. Potential. TVD and Van-leer schemes for compressible flow. Implicit. convective and diffusion. central and blended difference approximations for convection term. Equation of transport of a scalar. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).SIMPLE and PISO algorithms. Module II Cell centered finite volume discretisations of terms of governing equations such as time derivative. QUICK scheme. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Versteeg H. Numerical problem up to four unknowns using TDMA. Typical results of CFD analysis. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Basic steps of CFD.J. Tannehill John C. Upwind. velocity contours and pressure contours..

Selected readings on Technology assessment – IIT Bombay and Dept. systems analysis . from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 177 . MODULE III Policy and strategic planning : Planning as tool for forecasting – Policy – Planning methods – Strategic planning methods – Cast effectiveness – PPOS – Demand oriented planning – Operations analysis and systems analysis .806. constraints and scales – intensive and extensive micro variables – The inertia of trend curves . Technology forecasting . Trend extrapolation : Curve fitting – Envelops . University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. of Science and Technology. Epistemology of forecasting : Nature of technological change – ontological and teleological views – Types of forecasts – Exploratory projections – Target projections – Validity criteria . Intuitive methods – Forecasting by experts – Structured interactions – Man – machine interactions. Mc Graw Hill 2. Dimensions of technological change : Intellectual . New Delhi.08.12 L-T-D: 3-1-0 TECHNOLOGY FORECASTING Credits : 4 MODULE I Introduction and Historical Background – Examples of notable successes and failures. MODULE II Forecasting techniques Morphological analysis : Analysis of functional capabilities Morphological analysis of future words – Network methods . Philosophical and cultural factors – Political and international factors – Military and strategic posture – Macro economics – Micro economics – Communications and social feed back – Technological diffusion and innovation . Introduction to technology assessment .Rober U Ayres . TA and its relevance – History of TA in Government and Industry – Steps in TA – The MITRE Methodology – Brief review of techniques which can be used in TA including cross impact analysis . Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. cost benefit analysis and formal models – Case studies – (Suggested projects : To be a TA project relevant to the Kerala context) REFERENCES 1. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).metaphors and structural models – Phenomenological models – Operational models and simulations . Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Heuristic forecasts : Extrapolation of dependant variables and constrained variables – analogies .

testing –Software quality assurance-software metrics. Pearson education. Laudon. Management Information Systems-James A O’Briean.DSS and ESS. Fact finding.Security. Structured system design. Murdick and Ross University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.G Jr and Others. Role of System Analyst in Data processing and User departments. Channel configurations.System Investigation. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 178 .Hardware. Types of networks.Challenges of Information Systems . Banking Information Systems. Cost-benefit analysis. Information technology Infrastructure. Documentation tools. Structured analysis. Information Systems theory And Practice. Application of Information Systems: Accounting Information systems and Financial Information System. 2002. Data structure diagram. Database. MODULE III System Design. Data dictionary. 7. System control. tools for Documenting procedures and Decisions. System concept: Organisation as a system. Activities in requirement determination.System Implementation and control . covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). REFERENCES 1. Project selection. File and data base design. 1999. Addison Wesley. Management Information Systems – Managing the digital firm.13 L-T-D: 3-1-0 MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS Credits : 4 MODULE I Introduction to Information Systems .Detection of errors – verification and validating. structure and Development. Need for System analysis.Burch John. Development of System Profiles.Computer based Information Systems .Types and examples of Information systems. structure chart. Tata Mc Graw Hill 6.Contemporary approach to Information systems . Technical foundations of information systems MODULE II System Development – system development life cycle – structured methodologies – Prototyping – CASE methodology. Software.08.Modems. Interviewing staff. 2. Channel sharing devices. OAS. Tools for determining System requirement. Data flow diagram. Computers and Information Systems – Robert . Feasibility study. MIS. Input design and control. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. System analysis completion report. Kenneth C. John wiley &Sons 5.S.A. Output system design. Flow charts. Identify Data and Information Produced. Documentation. McGraw Hill 3. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.The strategic role of information in Organisational Management. Identifying areas for system study. People and Procedures -Data Communication network. Prentice-Hall 4. inspection of Documents. Information Systems – A Management Perspective – Steven Alter. System Development. System analysis. Marketing Information System. Gordon B Davis. TPS.806. Coding techniques. Types of Communication Channels. Information Systems for Modern management. Laudon and Jane P. Management Information Systems : Conceptual Foundations.

PHI 2. White and J. structuring BOM. KANBAN system. methods. MRP concepts and advantages. Introduction to Business Process Re-engineering. A. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.basic models. Module II Design of layout of factories. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Production Planning and Inventory Control – Narasimhan et al. priority rules for dispatching jobs. Production and Operations Management – Buffa – John Wiley & Sons 4. Capacity planning and control. Regression analysis and smoothing methods. multi-item joint replacement model. Storage area etc. stock out situations. Inventory Management and Production Planning and Scheduling – Silver.algorithms. Enterprise Resource Planning.806. Master production schedule:. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). White – PHI 3. and software packages. Long and Short-term demand forecasting methods. Basic inventory models:.L. time-varying demands.MRP and MRP II. Just-in-time. Riggs – John Wiley & Sons 6. joint determination of Q and R. Production systems – James . safety stock.08. and seasonality components. performance measures. batch processing technique. Analysis of forecast error and computer control of forecasting systems. Dispatching Module III Aggregate planning:.assumptions. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 179 . sequencing. safety stock policies. Computer applications in layout designs. Job Shop production activity planning:. Routing problems:. Office.Exchange curves. Storage facilities and general equipment for amenities of working people – Product. cycle. shop loading.. disaggregation techniques. distribution inventory systems. References: 1. aggregate planning strategies. Pyke & Peterson – John Willey & Sons University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. value of decision rules. Aggregate inventory management:. Material Requirements Planning:.14 PRODUCTION AND OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT L-T-D: 3-1-0 Module I Credits : 4 Demand forecasting:. multi item forecasting. mathematical programming and heuristics. Line balancing methods. Operations Management: Strategy and Analysis – Krajewski LJ – Pearson Education 5. managing and maintenance of MPS. L.bill of material. on consideration of facilities of working people. Process and combination layout – Systematic layout planning – Design of Assembly lines. implementation. Inventory systems under risk:service levels. Facilities Location and Layout – an analytical approach – R. controlling continuous production. slow-moving item forecasting.definition. Estimation of trend.scheduling.

Concepts and uses of PERT.Mcgraw Hill International Edition.establishing project priorities( scope-cost-time)project priority matrix. Project Management-Harry-Maylor-Peason Publication University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. time-cost trade off.importance of project management. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. project scheduling and network break down structure. analysis.Analysis-Selection-Financing-Implementation-Review. Project Evaluation and Review Techniques/cost mechanisms. Project Management – the Managerial Process – Clifford F.David I Cleland . expenditure planning.Accounting rate of return-net present value-Benefit cost ratio-internal rate of return.progress payments. Non-financial justification of projects. Gray & Erik W. Project planning.The project life cycle. Social cost benefit analysis and economic rate of return. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 180 . Determination of least cost duration. Project management . Market planning and marketing research process. References: and demand analysis. Introduction to various Project management softwares.806. Generation and screening of project ideas. Basic techniques in capital budgeting-non discounting and discounting methods. Project risk. Post project evaluation. Project Management – Gopalakrishnan – Mcmillan India Ltd. Module II Financial estimates and projections: Cost of projects-means of financing-estimates of sales and production-cost of production-working capital requirement and its financing-profitabilityprojected cash flow statement and balance sheet. 5. schedule of payments and physical progress.Demand forecasting techniques. selection. Larson McGraw Hill 3. Capital budgeting process. implementation and review – Prasannachandra – Tata McGraw Hill 2. use of Critical Path Method (CPM).Technical analysis. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. cost as a function of back period. 1999 4.Planning. Break even analysis. Module III Project administration.15 L-T-D: 3-1-0 PROJECT MANAGEMENT Credits : 4 Module I Concept of a project-classification of projects.08.

Scavenging models-perfect displacement and complete mixing model-scavenging efficiency-simple problems. fuel-air ratio on thermal efficiency and power.Ganesan 7. Measurement aspects related to IC engines-speed measurement.F Taylor. exhaust gas measurement and treatment. torque measurement (only dynamometers). connecting rod. Actual cycle and their analysis-time loss factor. effects of operating variables like compression ratio. -Terminologies like reference mass. Scavenging of 2 stroke engines – Schweitzer 6.V. IC Engines . Supercharging. scavenge ratio. cylinder and cylinder head.Vol. Cylinder number.Detailed design procedure for piston. scavenging efficiency.08. Preliminary analysis. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 181 . Comparison of fuel air cycle and actual cycle.16 DESIGN OF IC ENGINES L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 MODULE I Introduction-Basic engine components and nomenclature.First law analysis of engine cycles-engine performance parameters –simple problems. airflow measurement. heat loss factor. Design of Intake and Exhaust port calculations (with the help of charts) Study of transducers for IC engine application (only brief description about various types) MODULE III Design of IC engines-Basic decisions.806. trapping efficiency. Fundamentals of IC Engines. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.1 and Vol. References: 1 IC Engine theory and practise – C. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.various methods of scavenging and charge induction. poppet valves. Review of Air standard cycle(brief description regarding the concepts)-Fuel air cycle and their analysis-dissociation. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).Lickty 3.2 2. IC Engines – Heywood 4. IC Engine design –Richard James 5. size and arrangement . exhaust blow down. and charging efficiency. crank shaft. relative cylinder charge. MODULE II Two stroke engines-introduction-advantages and disadvantages-Scavenging. IC Engines – Shyam K Agarwal University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. delivery ratio.Materials and manufacturing process of main components of engines.

covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Chmielewski and Michael Negin.. " Robotic engineeringAn Integrated Approach ".G. 7 Industrial Robots. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 182 . Programming and Applications”. and Simple programs Industrial Applications: Application of robots in machining.806.S. Forward Kinematics and Reverse Kinematics of Manipulators with Two Degrees of Freedom (In 2 Dimensional) – Deviations and Problems. Resolvers. Camera. Sensing and Digitizing Image Data – Signal Conversion.. Robot drive systems and end effectors: Pneumatic Drives – Hydraulic Drives – Mechanical Drives – Electrical Drives – D. Work Envelope. McGraw-Hill Book Co. Slip Sensors. Tata McGraw-Hill. Englewoods Cliffs.S. McGraw Hill International Edition. " Robotics Control sensing ". Servo Motors – Salient Features.Kozyrev University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Wrist Sensors. Pay Load – Basic robot motions . 1995 6 Richard D. A. Robot Parts and Their Functions – Need for Robots – Different Applications. and Lee C. References 1 K. Module III Robot kinematics and robot programming: Forward Kinematics.S. Selection and Design Considerations Module II Sensors and machine vision: Requirements of a sensor.A. Touch Sensors. Lighting Approach. Fu. Joint Notations. Teach Pendant Programming.Point to point control. 2001 3 Fu. LVDT. Image Storage. assembly. Stepper Motor. (Binary Sensors. Vision and Intelligence.C. Internal Grippers and External Grippers. Speed of Motion.. Applications and Comparison of all these Drives. types and classification – Specifications – Pitch. Lead through programming. Range Sensors (Triangulation Principle. Sensor Commands.K. Klafter. Vision and Intelligence”.C. Optical Encoders). Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. welding. Two Fingered and Three Fingered Grippers. Proximity Sensors (Inductive. 2 M.Lee. McGraw-Hill. Gonzalz. Thomas A.G.Gonalez. Sensing. Vacuum Grippers. 1987 4 Yoram Koren.. Principles and Applications of the following types of sensors – Position of sensors (Piezo Electric Sensor. Servo Motors.P.S.. Analog Sensors). McGraw-Hill Book Co. Lighting Techniques. Pneumatic and Hydraulic Grippers. “Robotics Control. Magnetic Grippers.Groover.17 L-T-D: 3-1-0 ROBOTICS Credits : 4 Module I Fundamentals of robot: Robot – Definition – Co-ordinate Systems. End effecter commands. “Robotics and Image Processing”. Capacitive.. R. Yu. Structured. C. Roll. End Effectors – Grippers – Mechanical Grippers. Compliance Sensors. and material handling. Inverse Kinematics and Differences. 1987. NJ. Robot programming Languages – VAL Programming – Motion Commands. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Laser Range Meters).08. Frame Grabber. USA. Yaw.C.R. 1992 5 Janakiraman.C. Prentice Hall Inc. “Industrial Robotics – Technology.P. and Ultrasonic). Continuous path control. “Robotics for Engineers”. 1989.

definition. Viva Books. SCM – Organization and information system: Management task – logistics organization – logistics information systems – topology of SC application – MRP. St. Ayers. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks chain progress – model for competing through supply chain management – PLC grid – supply chain redesign – Linking SC with customer. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).08. Module III Supply chain activity systems: Structuring the SC – SC and new products – functional roles in SC – SC design framework – collaborative product commerce.factors affecting logistics. P. Supply chain: Basic tasks – new corporate model..N.18 LOGISTICS AND SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 Module I Introduction: Logistics – Concepts.the modular company – network relation – supply process –procurement process – Distribution management.806. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Schraj. J.S. Supply chain management (SCM): The new paradigm. Lasen. “Hand Book of Supply Chain Management”. Lencie press.B. Module II Evolution of supply chain models: Strategy and structure – Factors of supply chain – Manufacturing strategy stages . McGraw-Hill. T. “Competitive Manufacturing Management”. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 183 . 2. J. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. NY 1998. approaches . “Managing Global Supply Chain”. ERP – warehouse management system – product data management – cases. 2000 3. References: 1. Nicolas. New Delhi 2000.B.

Hilton/Jacobs. materials and applications. process.S. direct and adaptive slicing. Selective Laser Melting. Electron Beam Melting – Rapid manufacturing. CRC Press. Peter D. shape decomposition. Chua C. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).Case studies. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.. material system. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 184 . modeling of SLS. Rapid Prototyping: Theory and practice. Andreas Gebhardt. Rapid prototyping: Principles and applications. 2003. 2000. details of processes. second edition. recoating issues. Fused deposition Modeling (FDM): Principle.. 2006. CRC press. advantages.Virtual prototyping. limitations and applications . Springer. Applications and case studies. Hanser Gardener Publications. Rapid Prototyping and Engineering applications : A tool box for prototype development. Emad Abouel Nasr. strength and weakness. Rapid prototyping. materials. laminated object manufacturing(LOM): Working Principles. limitations and applications. surface and solid modeling – data formats . basic process.Liou. Module II Liquid based and solid based rapid prototyping systems: Stereolithography (SLA): Apparatus: Principle.Applications. strengths.K. Data Requirements – geometric modeling techniques: Wire frame. limitations and applications– Case Studies. Reverse engineering and CAD modeling: Basic concept. materials. 5. process capabilities.powder structures. Liquid based and powder based 3DP systems.Hilton. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. part-building.Digitization techniques – Model Reconstruction – Data Processing for Rapid Prototyping: CAD model preparation. basic process. materials. Ali K. types. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.Rapid Tooling . Leong K. products. Shape Deposition Manufacturing (SDM): Introduction. products. Other rapid prototyping technologies: Three dimensional Printing (3DP):Principle.Data interfacing. REFERENCES: 1. types of printing.08. Liou W.. details of processes. Indirect and direct SLS. process variables. post-build processes. advantages.Impact of Rapid Prototyping on Product Development –Digital prototyping . Applications. Part orientation and support generation.Jacobs. per-build process. 3. Support structure design.Benefits. Physics of 3DP. Solid Ground Curing (SGC): working principle. products. Kamrani. mold SDM and applications.Liou.Development of RP systems – RP process chain . photo polymerization of SL resins. part quality and process planning. 2007.19 L-T-D: 3-1-0 RAPID PROTOTYPING Credits : 4 Module I Introduction: Need . Solid based. weaknesses and applications. post curing. Paul F. Tool path generation. Laser Engineered Net Shaping(LENS): Processes. 2003. Module III Powder based rapid prototyping systems: Selective Laser Sintering(SLS): Principle. 2.806. Model Slicing and contour data organization. process. Frank W. post processing. Rapid Tooling: Technologies and Industrial Applications.F. and Lim C. 4. materials. surface deviation and accuracy. advantages. World Scientific Publishers.

Wear tiles. hydrogen embrittlement. “Surface Engineering for Wear Resistance”. FCAW. Ernest Rabinowicz.Ohio.806.HVOF. hard facing consumables. Laser beam hardening / glazing ion inplantation. CBN. chromium. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. New York.08. centrifugal cast wear coatings. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Structure. Composite surface created by laser and Electron beam. 1995. High energy modification and special processes: Electron beam hardening/ glazing. Plating Processes: Fundamentals of electrodeposition. electroless plating. Vol. Oxy-Acetylene Welding. Alumina. flame spray processes . 1994. Electro spark deposition. Sudarshan T S.5. hard anodizing. ASM Metals Handbook. plating properties. GTAW. Surface cements. Detonation gun and jet kote processes. Diamond and DLC coatings. fused carbide cloth. Thermal -spray. Module III Thin film coatings: Physical vapour deposition processes – Thermal evaporation . abrasive. Kenneth G. Marcel Dekker. plating of nickel. PAW. plating adhesion. “Surface Engineering”. 3. properties and applications. Prentice Hall.Ion plating – Chemical vapour deposition – reactive sputtering . pulsed plating. Special diffusion processes: Principle of diffusion processes – Boriding.Selection of diffusion processes – Characteristics of diffused layer – micro structure and micro hardness evaluation – properties and applications. “Surface Modification Technologies – An Engineer’s guide”. Englewood Cliff. 4.TiC. thermal / chemical.adhesive. REFERENCES: 1. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.Budinski. John Wiley & Sons. Module II Hardfacing processes: SMAW. Aluminising. oxidative. 2nd edition. 1989. Wear sleeves and Wear plates. Furnace fusing. corrosive. “Friction and Wear of Materials”. Sursulf . electrochemical conversion coating.20 L-T-D: 3-1-0 SURFACE ENGINEERING Credits : 4 Module I Tribology: Introduction to tribology. 1990. selective plating for repair. Siliconising. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 185 . TiN. roles of friction and lubrication and wear testing. erosive and fretting wear. 2. tin and copper. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).sputter coating . GMAW. Chromising.Ceramic coatings. SAW.Metals Park. NY. Wear: Types of wear .

Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. establishing a team approach. (Eds).21 L-T-D: 3-1-0 DESIGN OF CELLULAR MANUFACTURING Credits : 4 Module I Introduction to Group Technology (GT). A. Cleland. A. "Planning. Implementation of GT/CMS: Inter and Intra cell layout. batch sequencing and sizing. Neural networks. Askin. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 186 . Limitations of traditional manufacturing systems. 4. Managerial structure and groups.K. Burbidge. Hand Book. 1979.framework. Human aspects of GT/CMS . 2. NY. benefits of GT and issues in GT. Simulated Annealing. life cycle issues in GT/CMS. GT and MRP .L. Kamrani. cost and non-cost based models. REFERENCES 1. 1991. Mechanical Engineering pub. traditional approaches and non-traditional approaches -Genetic Algorithms. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. D.. Module III Performance measurement and control: Measuring CMS performance . University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.Parametric analysis .cases.I. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). characteristics and design of groups.PBC in GT/CMS. Group "Technology in Engineering Industry". in The automated factoryHand Book: Technology and Management". R. Economics of GT/CMS: Conventional Vs group use of computer models in GT/CMS.J. design and analysis of cellular manufacturing systems".A. Irani. "Cellular Manufacturing Systems". J. H. S. G.08. TAB Books .London.Models.D. Module II Design of CMS . Elsevier. cell loading. and Bidananda.R and Liles. Cellular Manufacturing System (CMS) planning and design: Problems in GT/CMS. and Vakharia.806.H.T "Planning and Operation. B (Eds).G. Parsaei. 3. 1995.

evaporate coolinglow humidity applications Automobile and Train car air conditioning.Arrangements of ducts. E.S.method of duct design. 2. fan – design. 4. 3.Infilteration and ventilation.S. Jordan. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Air-conditioning Engineering Carriers Handbook system design of Air Conditioning R. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Arora.H. pressure drop by graphical method. G. B. thermal insulation Module III Heating systems-warm air systems-hot water systems steam heating systems-panel and central heating systems-heat pump circuit.22 HEATING.Air conditioning systems.S. W.Heating and humidification .H. Manohar Prasad. Diversity and stratification. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Air conditioning systems and its applications – Psychrometric chart. Bernoulli’s equation.806. Refrigeration and Air Conditioning.heat storage. Duct design .Heat generation inside the conditioned space . C.heat transfer through structures . References: 1.use &absorbent or adsorbent .sources of heat load. Design of air conditioning system. G. pressure losses. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 187 . Module II Cooling and heating load calculation .selection of design temperatures . VENTILATION AND AIR CONDITIONING DESIGN L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 Module I Principles of refrigeration and psychrometry. 5. Applications. Psychrometric properties and processes.comfort air conditioning-effective temperature-thermal analysis of human body.H. P. Refrigeration and Air radiation .mixing of air streams . Jones.various process . Continuty equation. P.F Etc.F.cooling and dehumidification . G. Priester.various process-sensible cooling and heating-adeabate saturation.pressure drop in ducts.use of psychrometric chart for air conditioning .08. Refrigeration and Air Conditioning..F.

effect of fasteners.vehicle dynamics under side winds . 4. 3.hatch back. Hucho.H. 2nd Edn. fast back and square back -dust flow patterns at the rear . References: 1.drag coefficient of cars .flow field around car . Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. SAE. Vehicle Aerodynamic. " Wind Tunnel Testing ". covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).08.dirt accumulation on the vehicle . MODULE-II Shape optimization of cars front end modification . New York.D. John Wiley & Sons.drag reduction in commercial vehicles. 1996 University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. 1987.historical development trends .flow phenomenon related to vehicles -external & internal flow problem .low drag profiles. " Aerodynamic of Road vehicles ".equipment and transducers .types of drag force . SAE. Automotive Aerodynamic : Update SP-706.fundamental of fluid mechanics .front and rear wind shield angle .fuel consumption and performance .measurement techniques . from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 188 .. 3-1-0 Credits 4 MODULE-I Introduction scope .potential of vehicle aerodynamics. SP-1145. Wind tunnels for automotive aerodynamic introduction .principle of wind tunnel technology limitation of simulation .the effects of forces and moments .performance .. Pope. A.W.23 AUTOMOTIVE AERODYNAMICS L-T.road testing methods – numerical MODULE-III Vehicle handling the origin of forces and moments on a vehicle .drag force . Butterworths Co. 1997.resistance to vehicle motion .stress with scale models – full scale wind tunnels . 1974.. 2.side wind problems methods to calculate forces and moments .characteristics of forces and moments .startegies for aerodynamic development .806. Ltd.wind noise .effects of gap configuration .analysis of aerodynamic drag . Aerodynamic drag of cars cars as a bluff body .boat tailing .

MODULE III Shovels and Ditchers: Power shovel. double reduction arrangements. Multiaxle vehicles. tractive effort. Rippers. stampers.D. Abrosimov. elevating graders. revolving and stripper shovels . Scrapers and Graders: Scrapers. Performance characteristics of vehicles. chassis and transmission. cable and hydraulic dozers. MODULE II Earth Moving Machines: Bulldozers.Road making machinery. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Crawler track.Moving the earth 3. elevators / Man lifters. number of speeds and gear ratios desirable. self powered scrapers and graders. K. Herbert Nicholos. Construction & Industrial Equipments: Construction and operational aspects of mobile cranes. power required. running and steering gears. Jagman Singh. Tree dozer. resistance to digging and motion. MIR Publishers.08.ROAD VEHICLES L-T. Moscow 2. (Only theory with out any numerical problems) Land Clearing Machines: Construction and working of Bush cutter. Kaloyer. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).On and with the earth University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. 3-1-0 Credits 4 MODULE I Introduction: Power plants. Fork Lifters References: 1.806. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 189 . road rollers. A. scrapers.Dump trucks and dumpers Loaders. Bromberg and F.ditchers Capacity of shovels.Power and capacity of earth moving machines. Heavy duty petrol engines and high speed diesel engines. multi bucket and rotary types . drag and self powered types .drag lines .24 OFF. single bucket. air cooled and water cooled engines and air filters as in off highway vehicles.

806. friction calculation. McGraw Hill Publishing Co. 1979.. " Thermodynamic analysis of combustion engines ". Ramoss.. 1996.A.adiabatic flame temperature: complete combustion in c/h/o/n systems. Ganesan. constant pressure adiabatic combustion. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. validation of the computer code. calculation of adiabatic flame temperature . part-throttle operation. 1992. 1986. Benson. different heat transfer models. " Computer Simulation of spark ignition engine process ".25 COMPUTER SIMULATION OF IC ENGINE PROCESSES L-T.efficiency calculation. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. oxford. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).S. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 190 . heat transfer process. simulation of engine performance.isentropic changes of state. SI engine simulation with adiabatic combustion.D. New York. Diesel engine simulation multi zone model for combustion. " Modelling of Internal Combustion Engines Processes ". pressure crank angle diagram and other engine performance. super charged operation.N. " Internal Combustion Engines ". compression of simulated values. equilibrium calculations. 2.R. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.measurement of urp . Pergamon Press. SI engine simulation References: 1.08. engine performance simulation.. 4.V.L.. full throttle operation . 3. John Wiley & Sons. 3-1-0 Credits 4 Module-I Introduction . Ashley Campbel. Module-III Progressive combustion SI engines simulation with progressive combustion with gas exchange process.heat of reaction .measurement of hrp .D. constant volume adiabatic combustion. Universities Press (I) Ltd. temperature drop due to fuel vaporization. Hyderbad. simulation for pollution estimation. Module-II SI engine simulation with air as working medium deviation between actual and ideal cycle problems. whitehouse.

Sign up to vote on this title
UsefulNot useful